final environmental impact assessment and environmental...

Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project(Category-A Project)

Purulia District ; West BengalCapacity: 0.20 MTPA

Area: 44.10ha

Project Proponent:

M/s TATA STEEL LIMITED24, HOMI MODY STREET, FORT

MUMBAI- 400 023

Prepared By:INDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES , DHANBAD – 826004, JHARKHAND, INDIA

FINALEnvironmental Impact Assessment and

Environmental Management Plan

As required under EIA Notification – 2006(TOR Letter No.J-11015/422/2012-IA.II(M) Dated 13.09.2013)

Final

Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan

Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project

(Category: A Project)

Purulia District; West Bengal

0.2 Million Tonne Per Annum

(44.10ha)

As required under EIA Notification – 2006(TOR Letter No.J-11015/422/2012-IA.II(M) Dated 13.09.2013)

Project Proponent

M/s TATA STEEL LIMITED24, HOMI MODY STREET, FORT

MUMBAI- 400 023

Centre of Mining EnvironmentINDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES, DHANBAD – 826004

JHARKHAND, INDIA(NABET/EIA/01/12/005 Dt.31.01.2012)

JSPCB Accredited

Prepared By

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

& ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

EIA/EMP for sand mining leases

at Premsinghdih, Etc Sand Mining Project

Purulia District, West Bengal

Capacity : 0.2 Million Tonne per Annum Area : 44.10ha; Category-A

Project Proponent: M/s Tata Steel Limited

Prepared By

INDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES, DHANBAD

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. This report is for internal use of Tata Steel and will be utilized for

Environmental Planning, monitoring, awareness and implementation in the company’s sand mines only. It can also be used for the concerned legal requirements.

2. Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad reserves the right to publish the result of research for the benefit of the industry.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Dr.Biswajit Paul) Associate Professor

EIA Coordinator Centre of Mining Environment

ISM, Dhanbad.

i

CONTENTS Section Title Page

No.

CHAPTER 1- INTRODUCTION 1-12

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 2

1.3 NATURE & SIZE OF THE PROJECT 2

1.3.1 Location and Accessibility 3

1.3.2 Topography, Physiography of the Region 3

1.3.3 Drainage and Vegetation Pattern 3

1.3.4 Climatic Condition and Rainfall 3

1.3.4.1 Climate 3

1.3.4.2 Rainfall 5

1.3.5 Land Requirement 5

1.3.6 Water Requirement 5

1.3.7 Power Requirement 5

1.3.8 Manpower Requirement 6

1.3.9 Cost of the Project 6

1.4 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY / REGION 6

1.5 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY 6

1.6 COMPLIANCE TO THE APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE AND COMPLIANCE

7-12

CHAPTER 2- PROJECT DESCRIPTION 13-34

2.1 BACKDROP 13

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT 13

2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 13

2.4 GENERAL LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY 14

2.4.1 Topography, Physiography 14

2.4.2 Location of Eco-sensitive areas from the project site. 14

2.5 GEOLOGY AND EXPLORATION 17

2.5.1 Regional Geology, Local Geology and Stratigraphy of the Mineral Deposit

17

2.5.2 Metamorphic Rocks 17

2.5.3 Talchir Formation 18

2.5.4 Barakar Formation 18

2.5.5 Barren Measures Formation 18

2.5.6 Raniganj Measures Formation 18

ii

Section Title Page No.

2.6 GEOLOGY OF THE DEPOSIT & BASIS FOR SELECTION OF THE LEASE

18

2.6.1 Details of Exploration 18

2.7 GEOLOGICAL RESERVE 19

2.7.1 Area Considered for Reserves Estimation 19

2.7.2 Sectors for Reserve Estimation 19

2.8 DESCRIPTION OF SAND DEPOSIT AND GRADE 19

2.81 General 19

2.8.2 Land use pattern of the Mine Lease Area in Ha 20

2.8.2.1 Flow Rate of River. 23

2.8.3 Analysis of the River Bed Sand 24

2.8.4 Calculation of Bulk Density 24

2.8.5 Orientation of the Deposits 24

2.8.6 Limitations 24

2.9 MINING SCHEME 27

2.9.1 Mine Boundary 27

2.9.2 Proposed Method of Mining 27

2.9.3 Mine Entry 27

2.9.4 Mine Target and Life 27

2.9.5 Sand Balance and Production Schedule 28

2.9.6 Extent of Mechanization 28

2.9.7 Blasting 28

2.9.8 Dumping Strategy 28

2.9.9 Mine Drainage 29

2.9.10 Disposal of Waste 29

2.9.11 Mineral Beneficiation 29

2.9.12 Mine Closure Plan 29

2.9.13 Surface Transport 29

2.10 Site Services 30

2.11 Employment Potential 30

2.12 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY AND METHODOLOGIES 31

2.13 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 31

2.14 AIR ENVIRONMENT 32

2.15 NOISE AND VIBRATION ENVIRONMENT 32

2.16 WATER ENVIRONMENT 33

2.17 LAND ENVIRONMENT 33

2.18 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 33

2.19 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 33

iii


CHAPTER 3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 35 - 91

3.1 INTRODUCTION 35

3.2 METHODOLOGY FOR DATA GENERATION 35

3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 37

3.3.1 Micro-Meteorology 37

3.3.2 Air Quality 43

3.3.2.1 Sampling and Analysis 43

3.3.2.2 Duration of Sampling 44

3.3.2.3 Results and Discussions 44

3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 57

3.4.1 Instrument Used and Methodology 58

3.4.2 Noise Standards 58

3.4.3 Assessment of Noise Level 59

3.4.4 Results and Discussions 59

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 60

3.5.1 Water Resource 60

3.5.2 Damodar - Barakar River Basin Resource & Utility in the District 60

3.5.3 Hydrogeology / Ground Water Availability 60

3.5.4 Water Resources in Jharkhand 61

3.5.5 Aquifer Characteristic 62

3.5.6 Water Quality 65

3.5.6.1 Methods of Sampling and Analysis 65

3.5.6.2 Drinking Water 65

3.5.6.3 Surface Water 65

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT 72

3.6.1 Land Use Pattern 72

3.6.2 Soil Quality 72

3.6.3 Methodology 73

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 76

3.7.1 Survey Methodology 76

3.7.2 Floral Diversity 77

3.7.2.1 Phytoplankton Species present in the river (core zone) 77

3.7.2.2 Floral Species present around the river ( near the core zone) 77

3.7.3 Faunal Diversity 80

3.7.3.1 Aquatic Fauna 80

3.7.3.2 Fauna found near the core zone 81

iv


3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 86

3.8.1 Industrialisation 86

3.8.2 Communication 86

3.8.3 Trade and Commerce 87

3.8.4 Electricity and Power 88

3.8.5 Socio -Economic Profile around the Lease Hold Area 88

CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

92-123

4.1 INTRODUCTION 92

4.1.1 Access Roads 92

4.1.2 Sand Mining Activity 92

4.1.3 Impact of Sand Mining on Discharge Rate of the Rivers 93

4.2 AIR POLLUTION MODELLING 93

4.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 107

4.3.1 Air Environment 108

4.3.1.1 Mining Equipment 108

4.3.1.2 Access Roads 108

4.3.1.3 Dumping Area 109

4.3.2 Water Pollution 110

4.3.3 Noise Environment 110

4.3.4 Land and Biological Environment 111

4.3.4.1 Land Environment 111

4.3.4.2 Biological Environment 113

4.3.4.3 Plantation Activities 113

4.3.4.4 Bio-diversity Preservation 114

4.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MEASURES 114

4.4.1 CSR Activities 117

v


4.5 EMP IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING 120

4.6 OVERALL IMPROVEMENT OF ENVIRONMENT QUALITY 123

CHAPTER 5– ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SITE

124-128

5.1 INTRODUCTION 124

5.2 IMPORTANCE OF SAND STOWING 124

5.3 ALTERNATIVE OF SAND 124

5.3.1 Coal Combustion Residue (Waste Materials from Power Plants) 124

5.3.2 Overburden Dump Materials (Waste Materials from Opencast Coal Mines)

125

5.4 GENERAL LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY OF THE SAND LEASE

125

5.5 DETAILS OF EXPLORATION 125

5.6 GEOLOGICAL RESERVE 125

5.7 AREA CONSIDERED FOR RESERVES ESTIMATION 126

5.8 SECTORS FOR RESERVE ESTIMATION 126

5.9 DESCRIPTION OF SAND DEPOSIT AND GRADE 126

5.10 ALTERNATIVE MINING TECHNOLOGY 126

5.11 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE MINE LEASE AREA 126

5.12 ORIENTATION OF THE DEPOSITS 127

5.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 127

5.13.1 Land Environment 127

5.13.2 Water Environment 127

5.13.3 Air Environment 127

5.13.4 Noise and Vibration Environment 128

5.13.5 Biological Environment 128

5.13.6 Socio-Economic Environment 128

5.14 CONCLUSION 128

CHAPTER 6 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 129-131


6.2 PROPOSED SET UP 130

6.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS 131

6.4 CAPITAL PROVISIONS

CHAPTER 7 - ADDITIONAL STUDIES 132-166

1. RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 132-139

7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT 132

7.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS 132

7.3 SAND LOADING 132

vi


7.4 SAND TRANSPORT 133

7.5 SAND DUMPING AND STORAGE 133

7.6 HEAVY MACHINERY 133

7.7 INUNDATION / FLOODING 134

7.8 QUICK SAND CONDITION 134

7.9 DROWNING 134

7.10 MITIGATION OF HAZARDS 134

7.10.1 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Loading 134

7.10.2 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Transportation 135

7.10.3 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Dumping and Storage 136

7.10.4 Measures to Prevent Accidents due to HEMM, Trucks etc 137

7.10.5 Measures to Prevent Dangerous Incidents during Inundation/Flooding

137

7.10.6 Measures to Prevent Quick Sand Condition 137

7.10.7 Measures to Prevent Drowning 137

7.11 TRAINING AND HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT 138 2. HYDROGEOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE SAND MINE 140-

150

7.12 INTRODUCTION 140 7.13 WATER RESOURCES 140 7.14 DAMODAR-BARAKAR RIVER BASIN RESOURCE & UTILITY

IN THE DISTRICT 140

7.15 HYDROGEOLOGY / GROUND WATER AVAILABILITY IN THE DISTRICT

141

7.16 HYDROGEOLOGY AND AQUIFER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AREA

141

7.17 WATER TABLE BEHAVIOR IN THE AREA 143

7.18 GROUND WATER POTENTIAL 144

7.19 COMPUTATION OF WATER BALANCE 145

7.20 PUMPING TEST OF SHALLOW AQUIFER 147

7.21 EVALUATION OF AQUIFER CHARACTERISTICS 148

7.22 IMPACT OF MINING ON HYDROGEOLOGY 149

7.23 HYDROLOGIC MONITORING 149

7.24 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATION 149

3. SAND REPLENISHMENT STUDIES 151-166


7.26 GENERAL 151

7.27 EROSION WITH REFERENCE TO WATER BEHAVIOR 152

7.28 ERODIBILITY 155

7.29 SEDIMENTATION 156

vii


7.30 WORK PLAN 158

7.31 DATA ACQUIRED 158

7.31.1 Topographic Map 158

7.31.2 Cartosat-1, 1 Arc per second DEM data 159

7.31.3 IRS P6 LISS IV MX data 159

7.31.4 Aphrodite Rainfall Data: (2002-12) 159

7.31.5 National Bureau of Soil Survey (NBSS) 159

7.32 SOFTWARE USED 159

7.33 BASIC MAP LAYER GENERATIONS 159

7.34 THE STREAM ORDER MAP OF JHARIA COALFIELDS 161

7.35 CATCHMENTS FORMED IN JHARIA COALFIELDS 162

7.36 LULC MAP OF JHARIA COALFIELDS 163

7.37 EROSION POTENTIAL MAP OF JHARIA COALFIELDS IN MG/HA/YR 164

7.38 SILTS AND SEDIMENTS 164

7.39 CONCLUSION 165

7.40 REFERENCE 166

CHAPTER 8– PROJECT BENEFITS 167-170


8.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 167

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS 168

8.4 SOCIO ECONOMIC MEASURES 169

8.4.1 Functions of Tata Steel Rural Development Society (TSRDS) 170

CHAPTER 9 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN- IMPLEMENTATION

171-174


9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION 171

9.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS 172

CHAPTER 10 - SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 175-184

10.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 175

10.1.1 Importance and Need of Sand Stowing in the Coal Mines 175

10.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 176

10.2.1 Proposed Method of Mining 177

10.2.2 Employment Potential 177

10.3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 178

10.4 LAND USE PATTERN 179

10.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

179

10.5.1.1 Anticipated Impacts Due to Access Roads 179

viii


10.5.1.2 Mitigation of Impacts on Access Roads 179

10.5.2.1 Anticipated Impacts on Land due to Sand Mining Activity 180

10.5.2.2 Mitigation of Impacts on Land due to Sand Mining Activity 180

10.5.3.1 Impact on Water Environment 181

10.5.3.2 Mitigation Measures to Control Water Pollution 181

10.5.4.1 Impact on Air Environment 181

10.5.4.2 Mitigation of Impact on Air Environment 182

10.5.5.1 Noise and Vibration Environment 182

10.5.5.2 Mitigation of Noise and Vibration Environment 182

10.5.6.1 Biological Environment 182

10.5.6.2 Mitigation of Impacts on Biological Environment 182

10.5.7.1 Socio-Economic Environment 183

10.5.7.2 Socio Economic Measures 183

10.6 PROJECT BENEFITS 183

10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 183

10.8 CONCLUSION 184

CHAPTER 11 - DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 185-192

11.1 INTRODUCTION OF INDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES 185

11.2 VISION 185

11.3 MISSION 186

11.4 DEPARTMENTS 186

11.5 DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ENGG (ESE).

Centre of Mining Environment (CME) 186

11.6 FACULTY MEMBERS AND THEIR EXPERTISE 191

11.7 CLIENTS 192

Annex-I NABET CERTIFICATE 193-197

Annex-II NABET ANNEXURE IV 198

Annex-III Public Hearing Minutes (English) and Photographs 5 pages

Annex-IV Questionnaire 18 pages

ix

LIST OF TABLES

No Title Page No.


1.1 Average of last ten years rainfall (2003-2013) 5

1.2 Compliance to the approved terms of reference 7


2.1 Geological Succession – Jharia Coalfield 17

2.2 Reserves in Sand Dunes 20

2.3 Land use pattern of Mining Lease Area (core zone) 21

2.4 Land use pattern of the Buffer Zone Area 21

2.5 Sand Proposed Production and Expected Sand Balance 28

2.6 Equipment to be used 28

2.7 Estimated Manpower to be used 30

CHAPTER 3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 35-91

3.1 Monitoring stations for collection of baseline information 36

3.2 Meteorological Parameters during Summer, Rainy and Winter Seasons in Study Area

38

3.3 Details of Air Sampling Locations 43

3.4 Methodology and Instrument used for Air Quality Analysis 43

3.5 Ambient Air Quality Data (Average) in Proposed Sand Lease Area 44

3.6 Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A1 45









3.15 Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone–A10 54

x

No Title Page

No.

3.16 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 55

3.17 Percentage of free silica in the RPM 56

3.18 Dust Fall Rate of the Area 56

3.19 Ambient Noise Standard 58

3.20 Exposure Limit for Different Noise Levels 58

3.21 Noise Monitoring Locations and Level in the Study Area 59

3.22 Ground water level fluctuation in and around Core & Buffer zone area of sand mining lease

62

3.23 Details of Water Quality Monitoring Stations 65

3.24 Drinking Water Quality in Proposed Sand Mining Area 66-67

3.25 Surface Water Quality in Proposed Sand Mining Area 68

3.26 Test Characteristics for Drinking Water as per IS: 10500 69-70

3.27 Classification of Inland Surface Water, CPCB Standard 71

3.28 Soil Sampling Station / Code 73

3.29 Physico–Chemical Properties of Soil 75

3.30 Rating Chart for Soil Test Value in India 76

3.31 Relation between Conductivity and Total Soluble Solid Content 76

3.32 Phytoplankton Species present in the river (core zone) 77

3.33 Floral species present near the core zone 78

3.34 Floral species present in buffer zone 79-80

3.35 Aquatic species present in the River (core zone) 81

3.36 Different Varieties of Animals, Insects and Birds near the core zone

82-83

3.37 Different Varieties of Animals, Insects and Birds in buffer zone 84-85

3.38 Population of nearby villages and townships 89

3.39 Basic data pertaining to population of SC, ST, education facilities, literacy, basic amenities and main workers, marginal workers, non-workers by sex etc.

90-91

xi

No Title Page

No.

CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

92-123

4.1 SPM Emission Rate for Different Mining Activities 95

4.2 Area Source Emission- Production 102

4.3 Transport Source Emission 103

4.4 Predicted Scenario at Mine Lease and Surrounding Area 103

4.5 Improvement of socio-economics due to Sand Mining activity 115


124-128

CHAPTER 6 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 129-131

6.1 Monitoring Schedule and Parameters 131


7.1 Check List for Likely Risks in Sand Mines 132

7.2 Ground water level fluctuation in dug wells and tube wells in and around Core & Buffer zone area of sand mining lease

142-143

7.3 Water Resource Status of the Sub-watershed of study area 145

7.4 Summary of the Water Potential Estimation 147

7.5 Aquifers Characteristics 148

7.6 Replenishment Calculation per Km stretch of river 166


8.1 Employment Potential 168


171-174


10.1 Location Details 176

10.2 Project Description 177



11.11 Various Departments in the School 186-187

11.2 Various Facilities in Department of ESE 188-191

11.3 Names and Qualifications of the Faculties of the Department 191-192

xii

LIST OF FIGURES

No Title Page No.


1.1 Location map of the lease area 4


2.1 Topographical map of 10km around the core zone 15

2.2 Geological features of the region and the sand leases 16


2.4 Satellite Imagery and GIS Analysis of the Buffer Zone Area 22

2.5 Land use pattern of Buffer Zone Area 23

2.6 Orientation and layout of the mining lease holds area 25

2.7 Distance of Eco-sensitive Areas from the Project Site 26

CHAPTER 3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 35-91

3.1 Variation of Monthly rainfall in the buffer zone 38

3.2 Wind rose diagram of winter season 39

3.3 Wind rose diagram of summer season 40

3.4 Wind rose diagram of post-monsoon season 41

3.5 Environmental Monitoring Stations 42

3.6 Pre and Post Monsoon Ground Level Water Fluctuation 63

3.7 Hydrological Features 64

CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

92-123

4.1 Methodology Adopted for Air Pollution Modelling 96

4.2 Various Activities of Opencast Mine 97

4.3 Various Parameters Considered for Emission Calculations 98

4.4a Predicted PM10 Concentration Gradient at 0m from Receptor 104

4.4b Predicted PM10 Concentration Gradient at 10m from Receptor 105

4.4c Predicted PM10 Concentration Gradient at 50m from Receptor 106

4.5 Structure and Function of EMC 122

xiii

No Title Page No.


124-128

CHAPTER 6 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

129-131

6.1 Organization for Implementation of Control Measures 130


7.1 Identification of Hazards in Mines 139

7.2 Infiltration Rates in mmh-1 for Various Soils like Sand, Clay and Loam

153

7.3 Dynamics Acting on the Sediment Particle Subjected to Erosion

154

7.4 Velocity of Flow vs Particle Size to Define the State of Particle

154

7.5 Erodibility of Various Soils When Wetted 156

7.6 Relationship between sediment yield and mean annual precipitation

157

7.7 Flow Chart of Work Plan 158

7.8 The Stream Order map of Jharia Coalfields 161

7.9 Various Catchments map formed in Jharia Coalfields 162

7.10 LULC map of Jharia Coalfields 163

7.11 Erosion Potential map of Jharia Coalfields in Mg/ha/yr 164



171-174

9.1 Function of Environmental Management Cell 173

9.2 Environmental Policy 174



EIA/EMP Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project Tata Steel Limited

Chapter – 1 - Introduction

Prepared by Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad

1

CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

To cater the ever increasing demands of energy and minerals, the Mining Projects in the modern world needs expansion. The country had produced 557.60 million tonnes (MT) against a demand of 769.69 MT of coal that had been assessed in the draft Annual Plan for 2013-14. India had to import 113 MT of coal during the April 2012 - January 2013 period, to bridge the gap of demand and supply spending a huge sum of foreign exchange, as per the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). Hence it is imperative to increase the nation’s coal production to cater the requirement steel and power sector in the country.

Tata Steel requires metallurgical coal for production of steel. The underground coal mines in Jharia Coalfields partially fulfill the requirements.

As these mines lie under highly populated area in Jharia Coalfields, backfilling or stowing of underground voids becomes very important in the region to prevent land subsidence and mine fire. Here arises the need of river sand. This is another mining process of sand collection from river beds.

To study the impacts of such mining projects a scientific assessment has to be made based on studies of different environmental parameters as per the scope of the terms of reference (TOR) issued by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) letter no.J-11015/422/2012-IA.II (M) dated 13th September 2013. Mining is one of the major core sector industries which play a crucial role in the process of country’s economic development with of course some unavoidable environmental impacts. All major mining activities from prospecting to exploitation and beneficiation contribute the problem of pollution directly or indirectly. Therefore, an environmental study is required for environmental management and thus sustainable development of any mining area.

Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process, used to identify the environmental, social and economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It is a decision-making tool, which guides the decision makers in taking appropriate decisions for proposed projects. It aims predicting environmental impacts at an early stage of project planning and design, find ways and means to reduce adverse impacts, shape projects to suit the local environment and present the predictions and options to decision makers. By using EIA, both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved. EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse consequences of the proposed project and ensures that these impacts are taken into account during the project design. By considering environmental impacts and mitigation early in the project planning cycle, there are many benefits, such as protection of the environment, optimum utilization of resources and saving overall time




2

and cost of the project. Properly conducted EIA also lessens conflicts by promoting community participation, informs decision-makers, and helps lay the base for environmentally sound projects.

With this above background M/s Tata Steel Limited has entrusted Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad for EIA study & Preparation of EMP for their sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, near Jharia Coalfield on the sand dunes of Gowai riverbed in Raghunathpur Block of Purulia District of West Bengal. Main objectives of this EIA/EMP study is to generate base line environmental data for three month (i.e. post-monsoon season – October 2013 to Dec 2013) with respect to different environmental components for Environmental Impact Assessment & Preparation of Environmental Management Plan for the sand wining activities from deposit of Gowai river bed at Purulia in West Bengal, as per approved TOR. 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT Tata steel’s requires 3 million tonnes of sand per annum for its coal production of 1.91 million tonnes per annum, from five coal mines in Jharia coalfields. The five coal mines are Digwadih Colliery, 6&7 Pits colliery, Jamadoba Colliery, Bhelatand A. Colliery and Sijua Colliery. The sand dunes of Gowai River will significantly meet the sand requirement for stowing and stabilization of the said coal mines. Accordingly the company has applied for the lease for an area of 44.10 Ha in Raghunathpur Tehsil at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages in the Gowai River, Dist Purulia, West Bengal which was originally granted on 25-03-1986 and valid for 20 years and again renewal applied on 18.03.2005 for next 20 years. With this above background, M/s Tata Steel Limited has entrusted Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad for EIA study & Preparation of EMP for their sand lease. The project proponent Tata Steel is a private limited company established in 1907 having its steel plant at Jamshedpur, Jharkhand. In order to compensate the requirement of raw coal for steel making, the Company operates number of mines and collieries in the state of Jharkhand & Orissa. The Jharia Group of Collieries is in operation from 1910 to partially meet the requirement of coking coal for Tata Steel Jamshedpur Works. 1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION, NATURE & SIZE OF THE PROJECT The sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih Nabagram, Kumardih villages is encompassing an area of about 44.10 Ha over the sand dunes of the Gowai river bed flowing along the south-eastern boundary of Jharia Coalfields. The proposed production will be 0.2 million tonnes per annum.

The proposed project is a manual/semi-mechanized opencast sand mining project lying in the interstate boundary of Jharkhand and West Bengal hence classified as “Category –A” by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi as per EIA notification dated 14th September 2006. The approved Mining Plan was a part of EIA study.




3

1.3.1 Location and Accessibility The area is confined within Latitude: 23° 36' 8.00" N to 23° 38' 2.64" N; Longitude: 86° 26'

50.10" E to 86° 28' 57.13" E and is included in the Survey of India Toposheet No. 73 I/6. The

nearest railway station is Bhojudih Railway Station on the Adra-Gomoh section of South-

Eastern Railway, which is situated about 5 km to the north of this sector. A metal road

connects the area with the Jharia- Sindri road as well as to Jharia-Purulia road via

Chandankiyari (Fig. 1.1).

1.3.2 Topography, Physiography of the Region The core zone which is a river displays a general elevation ranging from 151m to 130m above mean sea level. The general slope of the area is towards north. The area constitutes the catchments of river Damodar and is drained by a few seasonal rivulets. The area is devoid of any exposures and is covered with the apron of alluvium. 1.3.3 Drainage and Vegetation Pattern The Damodar River, following an easterly course and it has some tributaries in both the banks, Dungri Jore, Domohani and Chetu joins Damodar in the north bank while Izri and Gowai confluence meets the river from south. The Gowai rivulet (a tributary of Damodar) is flowing from South to North direction. The surrounding area mostly comprises cultivated plots, fallow lands and is totally devoid of any forest cover. Small shrubs and bushes are found to grow in fallow land. Trees like mango (Mangifera indica), banyan (Ficus bengalensis), neem (Azadirachta indica) and banana (Musa paradisiaca) are found in this area. 1.3.4 Climatic Condition and Rainfall 1.3.4.1 Climate The meteorological parameters depict the weather condition of a typical summer, rainy and winter seasons. The temperature ranges from 36.6 to 41.00C in summer season, while in rainy and winter seasons temperature varies between 31.8 to 36.40C and 24.5 to 20.50C respectively. The average wind speed found is relatively high in summer season (4.3 to 10.4 ms-1). The relative humidity is found varying between 64.5 to 70.3% in summer seasons while it ranges from 70 to 85% in rainy and it varies from 51 to 55% in winter months. Major rainfall occurs by south-west monsoon with maximum rainfall occurring in the month of August. The average annual rainfall in the area is reported to be 1275 mm and number of rainy days in a year is about 92 days.




4

Figure: 1.1 Location map of the lease area

District : PuruliaDistrict : Purulia




5

1.3.4.2 Rainfall The nearest rain gauze station is in Jamadoba General Manager’s Office of Tata Steel. The rainfall figures for last ten years are given below.

Table: 1.1 Average of last ten years rainfall (2003-2013) Months Average Rainfall (in

mm) Average No. of rainy days during the month

January Nil Nil

February 43.15 6

March 24.50 6

April 3.25 1

May 39.60 5

June 259.50 11

July 282.10 18

August 291.73 21

September 231.34 12

October 51.50 08

November Nil Nil

December 48.56 4

Total Rainfall/Year (Average) 1275.23 92 1.3.5 Land Requirement The sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, encompassing an area of about 44.10 ha over the sand dunes of the Gowai river bed lies in the south-eastern part of Jharia Coalfield. The mining activity will be confined to the sand dunes, deposits only above the water level. There will be no activity in the water body. 1.3.6 Water Requirement As such there will be no water requirement for this sand mining activity as there will be only collection of sand from the dunes to be loaded in the trucks and transported to the coal mines for stowing purpose. However, water is required for drinking purpose and watering to transportation road. Drinking water will be supplied to the workers by the company management. 1.3.7 Power Requirement Electrical power supply is not required for the sand collection activity. The trucks transporting the sands from the river to the collieries are diesel operated.




6

1.3.8 Manpower Requirement The sand collection activity will provide opportunities for employment. A sizeable work force will be required to achieve the proposed production per day, in semi-mechanized operation. The overall operation will be under the supervision of a Manager. 1.3.9 Cost of the Project The estimated capital investment of the project is about 20 lakhs rupees. The sand loading and transportation will be outsourced. 1.4. IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY / REGION

Importance of coal mining is well known. Coal and lignite demand in India for power and steel as projected as 980.5 Mt by the terminal year of XII Plan i.e., 2016-17. The sands to be collected/ gathered from these leases along the rivers will be sent to the underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal. The sand stowing processes are the life-lines of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia Coalfields. Therefore to ensure the following, sand collection and filling the underground mine voids is very crucial:-

• Continuous supply of coal, • Safe mining operations, • Prevention of mine fire and • Prevention of subsidence.

1.5 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY The scope of this study includes detailed characterization of existing status of environment in an area of 10 km from the boundary of mining lease in all directions for various environmental components viz. air, water, land, noise, biological and socio-economic components and other parameters of human interest. The envisaged scope of EIA is as per approved Terms of Reference from MOEF vide letter no. J-11015/422/2012-IA.II (M) dated 13th September 2013.




7

1.6 COMPLIANCE TO THE APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE.

Table 1.2 Compliance to the approved terms of reference Point No

Point of TORs Compliance

4.1 Year-wise production details since 1994 onwards and clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 coming into force w.r.t the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

The year wise production is provided in Chapter 2.

4.2 A copy of the document in support of the fact that the proponent is the right full lessee of the mine should be given.

We have applied to State Govt for the grant of lease renewal.

4.3 All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management, mining technology and should be in the name of lessee.

Complied; The Mine Plan was submitted to Govt of West Bengal and is approved, addresses the issues. As there are no processing of river sand, no waste /overburden is expected. The peebles/boulders will laid in the river bed/bank to prevent erosion

4.4 All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a high resolution imagery/toposheet should be provided. Such an imagery of the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area(core and buffer zone).

The maps have been provided

in Figure 2.1, 2.4 and 2.6 in

Chapter 2 of EIA report.

4.5 Does the company have a well down environment policy approved by its board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring in to focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions. The hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with EC condition may also given. The system of reporting of non-compliances/violation of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of company and/or share holders or stake holders at large may also be detailed in the EIA Report.

Tata Steel is a well known organization, with a well established organization structure. It has a ISO 14001 certified Environment Policy duly approved by Board of directors. It is provided Chapter-9, page-174 in the report.

4.6 Issues relating mining safety, including subsidence study, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided.

Blasting and Subsidence are not applicable to sand mining. The issues of safety is provided in Mine Plan as well as in EIA/EMP. Risk Assessment and Hazard Management is provided in Chapter 7.

4.7 The study area will comprise of 10km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data

Figure No 2.1 Complies.




8

contained in EIA such as waste generation etc should be for the life of the mine/lease period.

4.8 Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary and national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post-operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given.

Chapter 2, Figure 2.4, Section 2.8.2, Table 2.3 and 2.4. The landuse in the pre-operational and post-operational phases will remain same as river sand is replenishable.

4.9 Details of the land for any over-burden dumps outsides the mine lease, such as extent of the land area, distance from the mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any should be given.

Not applicable as there are no processing of river sand, no waste /overburden is expected.

4.10 A certificate from the competent authority in the state forest department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the project proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the state forest department along with the Regional office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the certificates in this regard as mentioned about be issued. In all such cases it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the EAC.

No involvement of Forest Land. The study in the core and buffer zone is provided

4.11 Status of forest clearance for the broken up area and virgin forest land involved in the project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Not Applicable as the lease is over a river bed and does not lie over a forest land.

4.12 Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

Not applicable

4.13 The vegetation in the RF/ PF in the study areas, with the necessary details, should be given.

Not applicable in the core zone. The main vegetation in the buffer zone are Bargad, Pipal, Mahua, Banyan, Mango, Banana, Neem, Shisum, etc

4.14 A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife of the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly detailed mitigate measures required, should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.

Not applicable as the area is near industrial zone of Jharia Coalfields. Flora & Fauna Study provided in Section 3.7.3.2

4.15 Location of National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated supported a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically

There are no such National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves. Hence this issue is not applicable here. Chapter 2, Figure: 2.7 may be referred




9

sensitive areas as mentioned about, should be obtained from the State Wildlife Department/Chief Wildlife Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act,1972 and copy furnished.

4.16 A detailed biological study for the study area (core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)} shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on field survey clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any Scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.

Chapter 3, Section 3.7; There are no rare species found in the study area

4.17 Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given. The sand collected from the riverbed dunes will be replenished in the next monsoon. Hence no permanent change in the landuse.

4.18 R&R plan /compensation details for the Project Affected people (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs / STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need based sample survey, family- wise should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of village including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the report.

Not applicable as the Mining Lease is a river bed.

4.19 One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and NOX), water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring Station within 500 m of the mine lease in the Pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.

The baseline data was collected in the post monsoon season (October’13 to December’13). There are 10 air, water and noise sampling locations and 9 soil sampling locations. Ref: Chapter 3; Section 3.3.2. Percentage of Free Silica is provided in Table 3.17. Details of Noise level is provided in Section 3.4, Table 3.21; Fauna and Flore details are given in Section 3.7, Table 3.32 to 3.37.

4.20 Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality

Chapter 4; Section 4.2, Figure 4.3 a, b & c




10

contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing predominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

4.21 The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated.

No water is required for sand mining operation. Only drinking water will be required by the workers which will be made available by the company in the rest shelters to be provided near the mine site. Apart from this, 6-8 tankers will be used for water spraying in the sand transportation routes. The Water balancing is done in Chapter 7, Part -2; Section

4.22 Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the project should be provided.

No water will be withdrawn from the river for sand mining.

4.23 Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the project, if any, should be provided.

No water will be drawn from the Gowai River for sand mining purpose. The rainwater harvesting is done in Colliery & Office premises (Section 4.3.2)

4.24 Impact of the project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.

Section 4.3.2; The water monitoring studies were carried out and there is no impact on water quality; Table 3.24 and 3.25

4.25 Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

The sand collection will be carried out above the ground water level. Hence will not intersect ground water. Level of ground water in the buffer zone in pre-and Post Monsoon are 6.38m and 3.93m bgl respectively. The collection of sand from riverbed do not have any impact.

4.26 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

No such activity is anticipated. Chapter 3; Figure 3.7 The hydrological features has been outlined in the diagram.

4.27 Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

Chapter 2; Section 2.9; Figure 2.6. Chapter 3; Figure 3.6

4.28 Quantity of solid waste generation should be estimated and details for its disposal and management provided. The quantity, volumes and methodology planned for removal and utilization (preferably concurrently) of top soil should be indicated. Details of backfilling proposed, if any, should also be given. It may be clearly indicated that out of the total waste generated

The Sand stowing process

includes collection of river sand

and filling underground voids by

hydraulic stowing. The

generation of solid waste does




11

during the mine life, how much quantity would be backfilled and how much quantity would be disposed off in the form of external dumps (number of dumps, their height, slopes and terraces to be brought out).

not arise.

4.29 A time bound progressive Greenbelt Development plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the project.

The core zone is a river bed, hence the scope of plantation in riverbed does not arises as the areas outside the core zone is private land. However Company will carry on plantation activity by distribution of saplings to the local villagers and plantation campaigns through TSRDS.

4.30 Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered.

Present road network is adequate for sand transportation and no new roads are proposed. We are also intermittently repairing the roads and ensure watering during transportation The air modeling studies were carried out and the same has been discussed earlier. The details of the incremental load has been provided in Table 4.2 and Table 4.3.; Details in Section 4.3.1.2.

4.31 Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.

Will be provided as per the Mine Rules 1955 and Provided in the Mine Plan and EIA/EMP as per section 2.10.

4.32 Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Provided in Approved Mine Closure Plan; Chapter 12 Sections 2.9.12; 4.3.1.2; 4.3.4.1 of EIA/EMP

4.33 Phase-wise plan of greenbelt development, plantation and compensatory afforestation, clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted should be provided.

The core zone is a river bed, hence the scope of plantation in riverbed does not arises as the areas outside the core zone is private land. However Company will carry on plantation activity by distribution of saplings to the local villagers and plantation campaigns through TSRDS.

4.34 Occupational Health impacts of the project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP.

The occupational health impacts have been discussed in the report and the major impact will be due to fugitive dust and noise. Preventive measures have also been spelt out like use of PPE’s, rotation of workers in high noise areas, etc. All the workers will be taken through Initial Medical Examination (IME) and then Periodic Medical Examination (PME) at regular intervals as per




12

Mine Rules. We are already doing similar medical examination for our contractor workers in collieries which will be extended when the sand mining operations begin. Details in Section 4.4

4.35 Public health implications of the project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations.

Tata Steel Rural Development Society takes care of this issue. Section 4.4.1

4.36 Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the project proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation.

The socio-economic development of the study area is being done by our TSRDS team. Some of the glimpses of CSR activities are provided Section 4.4.1; Table 4.5

4.37 Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed project.

The Mining land is a river bed hence no change in landuse is anticipated. The details are provided in Chapter 4.

4.38 Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the project.

Public Hearing Conducted on 25.03.2015 and points raised have been included in Annexure-III

4.39 Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project should be given.

No Litigation as on Date.

4.40 The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt out.

20 Lakhs Capital Cost including 10lakhs for EMP

5 General Points As per TOR

6. The EIA report should also include i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of mail topographic features, drainage and mining area, ii) geological maps and sections and iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.

Figure 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.5, 3.6.

7. The prescribed TORs would be valid for a period of two years for submission of the EIA/EMP reports, as per the O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I), dated 22.3.2010.

Complied

8. After preparing the draft EIA(as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix-III of the EIA Notification,2006) covering the above mentioned issues, the proponent will get the public hearing conducted and take further necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification,2006.

Complied


Chapter – 2 – Project Description


13

CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 BACKDROP Mining is one of the major core sector industries which play a crucial role in the process of country’s economic development with of course some unavoidable environmental impacts. All major mining activities from prospecting to exploitation and beneficiation contribute the problem of pollution directly or indirectly. Therefore, a rapid environmental study is required for sustainable development of any mining area. Tata Steel’s present requirement is 3 million tonnes of sand per annum for its coal production of 1.91 million tonnes per annum in Jharia Coalfield, this is partly met from the existing sand leases on Damodar, Izri and Gowai River. With this above background, M/s Tata Steel Limited has entrusted Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad for EIA & Preparation of EMP for their sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, lying at south-eastern side of Jharia Coalfield, on the sand dunes of Gowai River in the District of Purulia, West Bengal. Main objectives of this EIA/EMP study is to generate base line environmental data for three month (i.e. post-monsoon season – October 2013 to December 2013) with respect to different environmental components for Environmental Impact Assessment & Preparation of Environmental Management Plan due to these sand wining activities.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT The sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, encompassing an area of about 44.10 ha over the sand dunes of the Gowai river bed lies below the south-eastern boundary of Jharia Coalfield. The proposed production will be 0.2 Million Tonnes per Annum (Peak). The proposed project is a manual/semi-mechanized opencast sand mining project lying in the interstate boundary of Jharkhand and West Bengal, hence classified classified as “Category –A” by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi as per new EIA notification dated 14th September 2006. The Mining Plan along with progressive closure plan has been approved by the State Government. 2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT Tata Steel’s requires 3 million tonnes of sand per annum for its coal production of 1.91 million tones per annum, from five underground coal mines in Jharia coalfield. These five coal mines are Digwadih Colliery, 6&7 Pits colliery, Jamadoba Colliery, Bhelatand A. Colliery and Sijua Colliery. As these underground mines are lying under populated area,




14

railway lines, important roads, power transmission lines etc. simultaneous sand stowing (underground mine filling) is essential for prevention of subsidence and fire during extraction of coal. The sands to be collected/ gathered from these leases along the rivers will be sent to the underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal. The sand stowing processes are the life-lines of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia Coalfields. Therefore to ensure a continuous supply of coal and safe mining operations, the sand collection and filling the underground mine voids is very crucial. 2.4 GENERAL LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY The sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, encompassing an area of about 44.10 ha over the sand dunes of the Gowai river bed lies in south-east of Jharia Coalfields. The area is confined within Latitude: 23° 36' 8.00" N to 23° 38' 2.64" N; Longitude: 86° 26' 50.10" E to 86° 28' 57.13" E and is included in the Survey of India Toposheet No. 73 I/6. The nearest railway head, Bhojudh Railway Station on the Adra-Gomoh section of South-Eastern Railway, is situated about 5 km to the north of this sector. A metal road connects the area with the roads through Digwadih-Chandankiyari-Purulia road. There are no ecological sensitive areas and archeological important places in 10km radius. 2.4.1 Topography, Physiography The area displays a gently undulating terrain with general elevation ranging from 151m to 130m above mean sea level. The general slope of the area is towards south-east. The northern part of the area constitutes a part of the catchments of river Damodar and is drained by a few seasonal nalas. The area is devoid of any exposures and is covered with the apron of alluvium. The topographical map of 10km around the core zone is provided in Figure 2.1. The Damodar River, following an easterly course, runs over north of the area. The surrounding area mostly comprises cultivated land and is totally devoid of any forest cover. Small shrubs and bushes are found to grow in fallow land. Trees like mango (Mangifera indica), banyan (Ficus bengalensis), neem (Margosa indica) and banana (Musa paradisiaca) are found in this area. 2.4.2 Location of Eco-sensitive Areas from the Project Site. The Figure 2.6 shows that there are no National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger / Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), within 10km of the mine lease.




15

Figure 2.1 Topographical map of 10km around the core zone




16

Figure 2.2

Figure 2.2 Geological features of the region and the sand leases




17

2.5 GEOLOGY AND EXPLORATION 2.5.1 Regional Geology, Local Geology and Stratigraphy of the Mineral Deposit The lease area lies just below the south-eastern tip of Jharia Coalfield in Gowai River, a tributary of Damodar. The Jharia coalfield is situated about 260 km northwest of Kolkata in the heart of the Damodar valley, mainly along the north of this river. The coalfield lies within the district of Dhanbad and the town of Dhanbad is in its north western margin. The field is roughly sickle shaped, its longer axis running northwest – southeast. The coal basin extends for about 38km in an east-west direction and a maximum of 18 km in north-south direction and covers an area of about 456sq.km. Figure 2.2 depicts the geological feature of the region. The general stratigraphic succession is given in Table 2.1. The basement metamorphic rocks are overlain by Talchir Formation followed by the Barakar Formation, which is the main coal-bearing horizon. Above it comes the Barren Measures followed by the Raniganj Formation which is also coal bearing.

Table 2.1: Geological Succession – Jharia Coalfield

Age Formation Litho-type Max. thickness

Jurassic or Tertiary

Lower Jurassic

Dolerite dykes

Mica Lamprophyre dykes & sills

Upper Permian Raniganj Fine grained feldspathic

sandstones, shales with

coal seams.

800m

Middle Permian Barren Measures Buff coloured sand

stones shales and

carbonaceous shales

730m

Lower Permian Barakar Buff coloured coarse and

medium grained

feldspathic sandstones,

grits, shales and coal

seams

1250m

Upper Carboniferous Talchir Greenish shale and fine

grained sandstones

245m

---------------------------------Unconformity-------------------------------------------------------------------

Archean Metamorphics

2.5.2 Metamorphic Rocks The coalfield is surrounded by metamorphic rocks made up of granites, granite-gneisses, quartzites, mica schists and amphibolites. Gneisses are the dominant rock type. In the north-west part of the coalfield, at Dumra (Fig. 2.2) an outlier of metamorphic rock is




18

exposed. Otherwise within the basin metamorphic rock occurs only at different depths. The lease lies over the Metamorphic rocks covered by Alluvial deposits of Gowai river. 2.5.3 Talchir Formation Rocks of Talchir Formation are of fluvio-glacial origin marked by a basal boulder bed resting on the pre-Cambrian basement. The formation is exposed almost continuous stretch around the northern crescent-shaped periphery of the basin. Toward the eastern and southeastern periphery and also at depth, the formation gradually thins out. The lease lies partially over this formation. 2.5.4 Barakar Formation This Formation consisting of fluviatile deposits is the lowermost member in the Jharia coalfield. This is the most important formation containing coal seams and covers an area of about 210sq km. The Barakar Formation consists of coarse grained sand-stones, conglomerates, shales, carbonaceous shales, silt-stones, fireclays and coal seams. 2.5.5 Barren Measures Formation This formation is called Barren Measures because except for a few thin lenses of coal it is completely devoid of coal seams. The constituent rock types are coarse to pebbly sand-stones, sandy shales, carbonaceous shales and sideritic bands. This formation is widely exposed covering a total thickness ranging from 600 to 730m. 2.5.6 Raniganj Measures Formation Over lying the Barren Measures the Raniganj formation occupies an oval basin covering an area of 58sq.km at the south-western part of the basin. This is the uppermost coal bearing area. 2.6 GEOLOGY OF THE DEPOSIT & BASIS FOR SELECTION OF THE LEASE The deposit is river borne. The sand gets carried out from upper reaches of river Gowai during the monsoon and gets deposited all along the riverbed once the water current subsides. As this tributary meets the main river Damodar the sand gets deposited nearby the confluence, inner curvature. As such, the deposit of sand is depends on the quantity of rainfall and flood in the area. 2.6.1 Details of Exploration As the deposit on the river bed is up to a shallow depth exploration was done upto a depth of 4m. The boreholes were made along the length and breadth of the river bed coming under the lease area. Being a deposit in the river bed, the estimation of the reserves has been drawn on the basis of actual measurement of length and breadth of river bed falling within the area applied for lease multiplied by the thickness of the sand bed which varies




19

from 1.0 to 3.0 m. The bulk density of the river sand is taken as 0.62 m3 = 1 tonne i.e., 1.6129T/m3.

2.7 GEOLOGICAL RESERVE

The total reserve as estimated for all the plots within the leasehold are at present approximately 14.26 lakh tonnes and this is partially replenished every year after monsoon by the quantity to be lifted from the river bed. The sand is best suitable for stowing the underground coal mines as there is no other value added utility of this mineral in this coal mining field. 2.7.1 Area Considered for Reserves Estimation For the calculation of the reserve estimation various sand dunes were considered. Small dug holes of approximately two meters were made to estimate the thickness of the reserve. The mine-able reserves were evaluated from the dunes where there are sufficient areas for the trucks to get loaded. 2.7.2 Sectors for Reserve Estimation The reserves for the potential sand dunes of the Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages have been estimated sector-wise. For this purpose the riverbed has been divided into different sectors based on sand dune deposit and the limits of each sector (sand dunes) are given below in Table 2.2. 2.8 DESCRIPTION OF SAND DEPOSIT AND GRADE 2.8.1 General The present exploration has established the presence of the sand deposit in the leasehold area is 1.426 million tonnes and this is partially expected to be replenished every year after monsoon. About 80% i.e., 1.141million tonnes of the quantity of reserve as indicated is mine-able. However to be on safer side, only 0.2 million tonne will be considered for mining. As such the life of the proposed mine will continue till the period of lease and subsequent lease renewals. The proposed production is provided in Table 2.6 and replenishment/ mining is estimated as data sheet in Table 2.2 below.




20

Table 2.2 Reserve in the Sand Dunes

Grand Total reserve of the lease ≅ 14,26,903 T * Considering the bulk density of sand = 1.6129T/m3 The Grain size analysis reveals that 95% of the material is sand, 3% is silt and 2% is clay. The Coefficient of uniformity Cu is greater than 6. Hence the material is uniformly graded and very much ideal for sand stowing. 2.8.2 Land use pattern of the Mine Lease Area in Ha The entire lease of the core zone fall in non-forest area. The present land use pattern of the lease areas is given in the Table 2.3 and Figure 2.3 given below.

Sl No

Length in m

Avg width in m

Avg. Thickness in m

Volume in Cu.m.

Tonnage Factor

Reserve in Tonnes

1 400 60 2.1 50400 0.62 81290

2 400 62 1.95 48360 0.62 78000

3 400 97 2.1 81480 0.62 131419

4 400 84 2.05 68880 0.62 111097

5 400 92 1.9 69920 0.62 112774

6 400 67 1.85 49580 0.62 79968

7 400 62 2.15 53320 0.62 86000

8 400 106 2 84800 0.62 136774

9 400 36 2 28800 0.62 46452

10 400 60 2.1 50400 0.62 81290

11 400 85 1.9 64600 0.62 104194

12 400 91 1.95 70980 0.62 114484

13 400 83 1.9 63080 0.62 101742

14 400 75 1.95 58500 0.62 94355

15 330 60 2.1 41580 0.62 67065

Total reserves= 14,26,903




21

Table 2.3 Land use pattern of Mining Lease Area (core zone)

Sl No Land use Area (ha) approx % 1 Sand 28.533 64.7%

2 Water flowing over sand 12.524 28.4% 3 River banks 3.043 6.9% Total Area 44.10ha 100%

Table 2.4 Land use pattern of the Buffer Zone Area Sl No Land use Area (ha) % 1 River 943 3

2 Surface Water 1257 4

3 Sand 1257 4

4 Healthy Vegetation/Dense Vegetation 2514 8

5 Sparse Vegetation 1257 4

6 Less Healthy Vegetation/Agriculture Land 4400 14

7 Waste Land 5343 17

8 Barren Land i.e., mainly Mining Areas with industrial settlements, Quarters 14144 45

9 Village Settlements 314 1

Total Area 31430 100%

Using Satellite imageries LISS-IV from NRSC

Figure : 2.3 Land use pattern of Mining Lease Area (core zone)

Sand Water flowing over sand

River banks

28%

65%

7%

Mining (MineableSand Dunes)

Water Body (riverwater)

Steep river banks

Sand

Water flowing over sand

River banks




22

Figure 2.4 Satellite imagery LISS-IV from NRSC




23

2.8.2.1 Flow Rate of Gowai River

The Manning formula, known also as the Gauckler-Manning formula, or Gauckler-Manning-Strickler formula in Europe, is an empirical formula for open channel flow, or free-surface flow driven by gravity. It was first presented by the French engineer Philippe Gauckler in 1867, [1] and later re-developed by the Irish engineer Robert Manning in 1890.

The Gauckler-Manning formula states:

Where V is the cross-sectional average velocity (ft/s, m/s) k is a conversion constant equal to 1.486 for U.S. customary units or 1.0 for SI units. n is the Gauckler-Manning coefficient (independent of units). The value varies from 0.024 to 0.038 depending upon many factors, including river-bottom roughness and sinuosity {Sinuosity is the ratio of (Actual path Length) / (Shortest Path Length)}.

2

13

2

SRn

kV

h=

Landuse Land Cover Analysis

3% 4%4%

8%

4%

14%

45%

1%

17%

River

Surface Water

Sand

Healthy/DenseVegetationSparse Vegetation

Less HealthyVegetation/AgricultureWasteland

Barren/Mining Land

Village Settlement

Figure: 2.5 Landuse Pattern of the Buffer Zone Area




24

Rh is the hydraulic radius (ft, m); Rh = A/P, where A= is the cross sectional area of flow (m2), P = is wetted perimeter (m), The wetted perimeter is the perimeter of the cross sectional area that is "wet.". S is the slope of the water surface or the linear hydraulic head loss (ft/ft, m/m) (S= hf / L) For calculation of flow the following values were computed. k = 1; n =0.03 ; Rh = A/P = 50 X 2.8/60= 2.333; S = 11/4000 V = 3.07m/s. Flow Q = Cross section area X Velocity = (50 X 2.8) x 3.07= 430m3/s = 25800m3 per minute during normal dry season. During flood the velocity (V) becomes 3.92m/s = (1254m3/s = 75240m3/min). Thus the flow becomes almost three times. (Rh during flood)= A/P = 80 X 4/95. If the river bed is cleaned by sand lifting the water flow capacity will increase. 2.8.3 Analysis of the River Bed Sand As per the laboratory analysis the average quality of the sand available in the Gowai river bed is as follows

i. SiO2- 70 to 80 %

ii. Al2O3 - 10 to 15 %

iii. Fe2O3 - 5 to 8 %

2.8.4 Calculation of Bulk Density The bulk density has been calculated for sand reserve by the procedure outlined below :

1) Samples of sand were collected from the different tubular sample extractor from a regular grid.

2) The representative sample was collected by cone & quartering method. 3) Bulk density was found by the formula Weight/Volume occupied by the sand

samples. The average bulk density of this riverbed sand is 1.6129T/m3. 2.8.5 Orientation of the Deposits The sand deposits/dunes are found on the inner side of the curve of the river bed where the banks are evenly flat. The highly dipping banks are bereft of mine-able sand deposits. Figure 2.6 depicts the orientation and layout of the mining lease holds area. 2.8.6 Limitations Lay and Disposition: The lay and disposition of the sand depict the structural hard rock bed profile of the river. Due to presence of big boulders and rocks in the river bed it often becomes difficult to win the sand. The sand deposits, which are lying above the water level, are lifted to avoid any damage to the river bed. The sand dune deposits vary from year to year depending on the flood level of the river each year. Hence the sand deposit




25

Figure 2.6 Orientation and layout of the mining Lease hold Area




26

Figure 2.7 Distance of Eco-sensitive Areas from the Project Site




27

and the sand winning may vary slightly during actual mining. The mining activity ceases during monsoon when the river is in flooded condition. But it is during this time the sand deposit gets replenished. 2.9 MINING SCHEME 2.9.1 Mine Boundary The mine boundary of the Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages have been fixed by the banks of the rivers only as the deposits are river borne. The floor of river bed is envisaged as the floor of the proposed sand lease. The Figure 2.7 shows that there are no National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger / Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), within 20km of the mine lease. 2.9.2 Proposed Method of Mining Opencast Mining: Though the mining is confined only to the gathering of sand from the river bed and transporting the same to the Company’s Collieries, by definition, it will be an opencast working. The operation will be semi-mechanized in which the sand will be gathered from the riverbed mechanically and loaded into the trucks. The trucks will be covered by tarpaulin to prevent dust being air borne. Utmost care will be taken to prevent any spillage during carrying it to the Company’s Collieries. Mining will be progressed in compliance to the following assumptions:

1. Restriction of mining operation upto 1 mt and above ground water level. 2. 1/5th of the width of the river will be left intact for maintaining the embankment. 3. Maintain 500 mtrs distance as safety zone from bridges, wiers, etc 4. No sand mining during rainy season 5. No damage to the river banks. 6. Prevention of River Bank erosion by laying of boulders & pebbles. 7. Water spraying along the haul roads & transportation routes to prevent air pollution. 8. Maintain the health of the transportation roads. 9. Transportation by covered trucks. 10. Maintenance of trucks to prevent spillage and noise minimization. 11. Use of proper PPE’s for the workforce is ensured. 12. No withdrawal/ pumping of water from sand lease areas

2.9.3 Mine Strategy Normally mining operation should be started from the place where the sand dunes are bigger in size. Access to the deposit is made from the Northern and Southern banks of the river through unmetalled approach roads. Minimum numbers of access roads to river bed for which cutting river banks should be avoided and ramps are to be maintained. Access points to the river bed are to be decided based on-

I. Least steepness of river bank, less riveraine vegetation and least human activity. Where steepness can not be avoided access ramps should be constructed.

II. Haulage roads parallel to the river bank and roads connecting access (ramps) to the river bed shall be away from bank, preferably a minimum of 100m away.

2.9.4 Mine Target and Life An annual (peak) target of 0.2 Million Tonnes is proposed. This deposit is replenishable during the monsoon floods of the rivers. As such the life of the mine will continue till the period of lease and subsequent lease renewals.




28

Year-wise production details since 2005-06 is enlisted as following: Sl No Financial Year Production in tonnes

1 2006-07 1,00,398 2 2007-08 22553 3 2008-09 00 4 2009-10 00 5 2010-11 28691 6 2011-12 0 7 2012-13 0

2.9.5 Sand Balance and Production Schedule The proposed sand balance from 1st year onwards is shown in Table 2.5. Sand will be lifted from the river bed for all the eight months except the monsoon period from June to September @ 25,000 tonnes per month. Proposed production for first 5 year is as follows

Table 2.5 Sand Proposed Production and Expected Sand Balance (Lakh Tonnes). Year Opening Balance of

Deposit Proposed Production

Balance Deposit

Replenishment Closing Deposit

1st 14.26 2 12.26 2.0 14.26 2nd 14.26 2 12.26 2.0 14.26 3rd 14.26 2 12.26 2.0 14.26 4th 14.26 2 12.26 2.0 14.26 5th 14.26 2 12.26 2.0 14.26

2.9.6 Extent of Mechanization Excavation machines like Backhoe-Dumper Combination along with hand tools like shovel, pan, sieve etc. will be used. Entire activity of sand collection and transport will be out-sourced, however, the supervision will be departmental. Equipment deployment for annual production of 0.2 million tonnes is detailed below. In case of requirement of additional production more dumpers will be deployed.

Table 2.6 Equipments and Production Planning to be used (as per mine plan) Sl Machine type Nos.Capacity

1 Shovel 2 nos; 1.7 cum 2 Dumper 20 nos; 15 tonner

2.9.7 Blasting The winning of sand does not require blasting. Hence blasting method is not applicable in this case. 2.9.8 Dumping Strategy The sand will be gathered from the riverbed mechanically and loaded into the trucks. The trucks will be covered by tarpaulin covers to prevent any spillage during carrying it to the

Assumptions

1 No of trips made by each dumper 3 trips/day

2 Daily production approx. 830 tonnes (avg)

3 Working hours (6AM to 6PM) 12 hours

4 Total excavation monthly 25,000 tonnes

5 Total manpower required 46 nos per day




29

Company’s Collieries. In the colliery the sand is dumped in the sand bunkers for stowing. In case the sand bunker is full the sand is stored in the stock-yard of the colliery within the company’s coal mine lease. 2.9.9 Mine Drainage No drainage system is required to be made in the sand leases as the mineral itself lies on the river bed. 2.9.10 Disposal of Waste Not applicable for this type of sand wining. The pebbles will be laid along the river banks to prevent erosion of the banks. 2.9.11 Mineral Beneficiation No mineral processing is involved. The sand gathered is collected at a single place in the colliery premises from where it is mixed with water to form sand slurry. The sand is transferred to the nearby sand bunkers and water is added to the sand to convert it into slurry. The sand slurry having concentration 1:3 is poured down through the pipelines to the mined out areas. The sand particles remain in the voids and fill it up gradually while the water is released and collected in the underground sumps. The water accumulated at the sump is again pumped out to the surface for re-utilizing in this process. 2.9.12 Mine Closure Plan Mine closure is not applicable for sand mining on river bed as the sand is replenishable every year during floods/monsoon period. However some sort of restoration works will be done in a continuous manner to prevent any deterioration of the land and the river banks. The big pebbles coming out along with the sand will be laid along the banks to prevent erosion. The damage done in the access roadways will be reclaimed by plantation. A green belt will be developed along the access roadways. 2.9.13 Surface Transport The sand loaded into trucks will be covered by tarpaulin and transported to the mines located at a distance of about 15-20 Km. Care will be taken to minimize spillage and over speeding. The sand transportation will be done by ensuring the following: 1) All bigger trucks having capacity 15 tonnes. 2) Trucks will be properly covered. 3) Vehicles will be provided with all safety measures like reverse alarm, back-mirror, etc 4) Vehicles will have pollution-test certificates 5) Regular checks will be done by the management to ensure the health of the trucks. 6) Regular water spraying at fixed interval of time. 7) Maintenance of roads to fill all pot-holes to avoid spillage. 8) Regular cleaning of road to avoid any accumulation of sand.




30

2.10. Site Services All the services as per Mines Rules 1955, Mines Rescue Rules, 1985, Mines Vocational Training Rules, 1966;.are present at Tata Steel collieries at Jharia Division. At the loading site this is not applicable as only loading activity is done on the river-bed. However provision of first-aid facility will be provided near the loading activity. The other services will be provided at the colliery site as follows.

• Mine Office cum Time Office • Mobile Canteen • First-aid Station • Rescue trained personals (at Colliery office). • Hospital with 24 hours doctors and emergency facilities (Jamadoba/Sijua

Dispensary). • Vocational training center/ professional training center/Library. • Bathroom / Latrine • Provision of cold and treated drinking water by mobile tankers. • Shelter as per Mine Rules, 1955

2.11 Employment Potential Gathered sand will be loaded into trucks mostly mechanical. Skilled/ unskilled manpower/ labour (46) are available locally from the nearby villages. Additional manpower in case of increased production will also be made available from the neighboring villages. This will be a good source of employment generation for the local inhabitants. Highly skilled manpower, if not locally available, will be arranged by the contractor from his pool. The entire operation, as suggested earlier, will be on contract and the supervision will be done by the department. A typical operations & supervision manpower for annual production of 0.2 million tonnes is detailed as under: -

Table 2.7 Estimated Manpower to be used Sl. No. Type of Manpower Numbers Remarks Outsourced Manpower Requirement to be deployed by contractor 1. Back-hoe Shovel operator 3 Extra for leave/sick

2. Dumper/ tipper operator 20 One for each vehicle

3. Relieving operators/ Skilled/ unskilled Manpower/ labour

20 Locally available from nearby villages

43

Departmental Manpower Requirement 1. Mate/Mining Sirdar 2 For supervision

2. Foreman/Manager 1 Statutory requirement

Total 46 ±10

The overall operation will be under the supervision of a Manager.




31

2.12 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY & METHODOLOGIES The scope of this study included a detailed characterization of existing status of environment in an area of 10 km from the boundary of mining lease in all directions for various environmental components viz. air, water, land, noise, biological and socio-economic components and other parameters of human interest. The envisaged scope of EIA is as follows:- ♦ To assess the present status of air, water, land, noise, biological and socio-economic

components of environment. ♦ Identification and quantification of significant impacts of mining operations on various

components of environment. ♦ Evaluation of proposed pollution control facilities. ♦ Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining additional control

technologies to be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts. ♦ Delineation of the post-mining environmental quality-monitoring programme to be

followed. The study will be conducted as per approved Terms of Reference from MOEF vide letter no. J-11015/422/2012-IA.II (M) dated 13th September 2013. Any developmental project is expected to cause impacts on surrounding environment at the project site during its implementation and operational phases. The nature and intensity of impacts on different components of environment depend on the type of project activities and geographical conditions of the study area. The impacts of the project activities on environmental components can be quantified through Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies within the impact zone of the project activities. The results of EIA studies form a basis for preparing a viable Environmental Management Plant (EMP) for mitigating the adverse impacts. The Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (REIA) for proposed sand mining activities of area deals with detailed studies for various environmental components viz. air, water, land, noise, biological and socio-economic environment for one season i.e. winter which represent the existing environmental scenario. For the environmental impact studies, an area covering 10 km distance from the boundary of mining lease areas was identified as study area (Impact zone). 2.13 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN This project is required for collection of sand necessary for underground stowing. The sand to be collected /gathered from these leases along the river, will be sent to the




32

underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal. The sand stowing process is the life line of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia Coalfields. Therefore, to ensure a continuous supply of coal and safe mining operations, the sand collection and filling the underground mine voids are very crucial. The following actions will be in place to prevent any adverse impact on environment during operation.

• Mining to be restricted to 1-2 mtrs and above water level to avoid breaking of water table.

• 1/5 of the width of river to be left for non-mining operation • 500 Mtrs. distance to be maintained from bridge.

The project involves collection of river bed material. By winning sand, it would help to prevent widening of the river beds, prevent flooding and damage to the adjoining areas. This will also result in maintaining the existing course of the river. The river banks, on both the sides are covered by vegetation and human habitats. Widening of river banks results in excessive erosion; resulting in damage to flora, agricultural land and settlements, which are situated nearby. This project will provide employment to the people residing in vicinity, directly or indirectly and cover livelihood to the poorest section of the society. 2.14 AIR ENVIRONMENT The topographical information of project site as well as of the study area and details about different activities related to the mining of the core zone were collected. Different air pollution parameters like PM10, SO2, NOx, Silica percentage and lead were identified as related to the project activities for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area. Micro-meteorological parameters viz. wind speed, wind direction and ambient temperature were collected for the study area from the automatic weather monitoring system installed at Temporary Mine Office. The expected waste production details, diesel consumption rates details were projected with a view to estimate the air pollution emission rates from individual mining activities. A steady state Gaussian dispersion model for multiple area and line sources has been used for prediction of impacts on air environment. 2.15 NOISE AND VIBRATION ENVIRONMENT Excessive noise levels cause an adverse effect on human beings and associated environment including domestic animals, wild life, natural eco-system and structures. Hence, noise survey was carried out in proposed mining areas and nearby villages. Noise




33

levels were measured at several locations in human settlements around proposed coal mines at various times of the day. Noise levels (A-weighted) were measured in the mining environment using precision sound level meter. Model based on first principle of propagation of sound waves was used to estimate the noise levels at various locations due to the proposed mining activities. The area is calm, quiet and silent, noise is produced due to movement of vehicles and mining machineries. The expected sound levels will be 50 – 60 db at about 300 m away from the equipment 2.16 WATER ENVIRONMENT Information on water resources in the study area was collected. The water resources in the study area are mainly River, Jore and ground water. The parameters of prime importance for water quality studies were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic nutrient and heavy metal groups. Samples were collected at different locations including well waters. Samples were also collected for assessment of bacteriological quality of waters. The impact of sand removal on the flora (micro stage) of the river. 2.17 LAND ENVIRONMENT Soil samples were collected from the proposed mine sites, its immediate vicinity and the surrounding villages. Physico-chemical properties of the soils were determined information on land use pattern in the study area was also collected. Information regarding existing cropping pattern, their types and yield of the crops was collected from various sources. Information regarding plantation was also collected and based on the attenuation factors for dust aerosols and air pollutants, green belt species have been identified. 2.18 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The parameters of prime importance to both biotic and abiotic factors have been selected to estimate the structural and functional changes in the eco-system. Common flora like mango, jamun, jackfruit and some bushes could be seen in the nearby area. Domestic animals like cows, goats and pigs could be seen. Wild animals are not found. Common birds are jungle crow, cotton feed, myna etc. Common reptiles are snake and monitor lizard. No loss of native species or genetic diversity is involved as there is no cutting of trees or forest growth or local flora & fauna is involved. 2.19 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT A field survey was conducted within 10 kms. radius of the proposed sand mines site and surrounding impact zone. The parameters selected under socio-economic component




34

were, demographic structure of the study area, provision of basic amenities, industries likely to come up in the study area, welfare facilities planned to be provided by the project proponent, safety, training and management, community and occupational health hazards. Relevant information is collected from selected villages and analysed. There is no village settlement within 100 m of the lease area. There are no public building in the lease. The living conditions of the people residing beyond lease area is expected to improve by way of socio-economic development of the region through direct & indirect employment, community developmental programmes etc. However, this will in any way not have any negative effect on the welfare of people. All the aforesaid environmental parameters have been used for identification, prediction and evaluation of significant impacts. Modeling of environmental quality has also been undertaken to predict the impacts of the project and for its subsequent evaluation step.

10Kms

PROJECT

M/s TATA STEEL

Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project , Purulia, W.B

TITLE:Map of core & buffer zone

PREPARED BY:

INDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES.

MAP OF 10 Km Dia ZONE ;

TOPOSHEET NO: 73 I/6, I/10

Mine Lease Area

Roads

Rivers & Streams

Jungle

Water / embankments

Settlements

Sand Beds

Trees

N

10Kms

10Kms10Kms

10Kms

Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih Sand Leases

Figure 2.1 Topographical map of 10km around the core zone

15

Predominant Wind Direction

Figure 2.2 Geological features of the region and the sand leases

Izri River

Damodar River

16

N

Landuse Classification

Figure 2.4 Satellite Imagery and GIS Analysis of the Buffer Zone Area

22

4000E3000E2000E1000E 5000E 6000E 7000E 8000E 9000E 10000E 11000E8000N

7000N

6000N

5000N

4000N

3000N

2000N

1000N

Palkiri

RL 130.00

860 2

6’12

”E

0000E

RL 140.00

RL 160.00

RL 141.00

RL 132.00

N

SEB Quarters

RL 160

Lakhsmanpur

23038’14”N

San

d D

unes

DAMODAR RIVER

12000E

860 2

9’10

”E

23035’58”NContour

Villages

HFL

Mine

Sand dunesPREMSINGHDIH, PORADIH, ERANDIH SAND LEASE

PROJECT

M/s TATA STEEL

PREMSINGHDIH, ETC SAND MINING PROJECT, PURULIA

TITLE:

MAP OF CORE ZONE

PREPARED BY:

INDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES, DHANBAD, 826004

Poradih

Erandih

Bhojudih

Lukaidih

Damodarpur

Isri River

Gowai River

25

Figure 2.6 Orientation and layout of the mining lease holds area.

Project Site

Distance of Eco-sensitive Areas from the Project Site

15 kms Buffer Zone

Core Zone

Dense ForestOpen ForestScrub

Figure 2.7. Distance of Eco-sensitive Areas from the Project Site

26

Map of West Bengal showing relative distance of project site from sanctuary, national park, tiger reserves, etc.


Chapter – 3 – Description of the Environment Prepared by Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad

35

CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter illustrates the existing baseline environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes in the study area covering 10-km around the existing sand lease mine. The existing environmental setting adjudges the baseline conditions, which are described with respect to the following.

• Assessment of the present status of air, water, land, noise, biological and socio-economic components of environment.

• Identification and quantification of significant impacts of sand mining operations on various components of environment.

• Evaluation of proposed pollution control facilities. • Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining additional control

technologies to be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts. • Delineation of the post-mining environmental quality-monitoring programme to be

followed. The study has been conducted as per approved Terms of Reference from MOEF vide letter J-11015/422/2012-IA.II (M) dated 13th September 2013. 3.2 METHODOLOGY FOR DATA GENERATION Any developmental project is expected to cause impacts on surrounding environment at the project site during its implementation and operational phases. The nature and intensity of impacts on different components of environment depend on the type of project activities and geographical conditions of the study area. The impacts of the project activities on environmental components can be quantified through Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies within the impact zone of the project activities. The results of EIA studies form a basis for preparing a viable Environmental Management Plant (EMP) for mitigating the adverse impacts. The Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (REIA) for proposed sand mining activities of area deals with detailed studies for various environmental components viz. air, water, land, noise, biological and socio-economic environment for one season which will represent the existing environmental scenario. For the environmental impact studies, an area covering 10 km distance from the boundary of mining lease areas was identified as study area (Impact zone). The environmental attributes, parameters, stations, height (RL), distance and direction with respect to the core zone are provided in Table 3.1. The report incorporates the data collection during the post monsoon season of 2013 period. Secondary data was collected from various government, public sector, educational and scientific institutions.



36

Table 3.1 Monitoring stations for collection of baseline information Sl Attribute Parameters Station / Location Distance

(km) Direction Height

(RL) 1. Mine Site -- Core 160

2. Laghla 5 kms South-West 160

3. Alakhdih 4.5 kms South-West 162

4. Joradih 4.0 kms South East 160

5. SEB Quarters 2 kms South East 160

6. Kargali 5 kms East 129

7. Kumargora 1.0 kms East 140

8. Bhojudih 1.0 kms North 138

9. Mahal 7.0 kms-- North-West 160

1 Ambient Air Quality

As per TOR

10.Sudamdih 6.0Kms North-West 140

Surface Water From Gowai-Damodar River

0.5 Km before & after core zone

Before & After Core Zone

Ground Water

1. Bhojudih 1.0 kms North 138

2. SEB Quarters 2 kms South East 160

2 Water Quality

Physical, Chemical and bacteriological parameters

3. Kumargora 1.0 kms East 140 1. Mine Site -- Core 160 2. Laghla 5 kms South-West 160 3. Alakhdih 4.5 kms South-West 162 4. Joradih 4.0 kms South East 160 5. SEB Quarters 2 kms South East 160 6. Kargali 5 kms East 129 7. Kumargora 1.0 kms East 140 8. Bhojudih 1.0 kms North 138 9. Mahal 7.0 kms-- North-West 160

3 Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A)

10.Sudamdih 6.0Kms North-West 140 1. Mine Site -- Core 160 2. Laghla 5 kms South-West 160 3. Alakhdih 4.5 kms South-West 162 4. Joradih 4.0 kms South East 160 5. SEB Quarters 2 kms South East 160 6. Kargali 5 kms East 129 7. Kumargora 1.0 kms East 140 8. Bhojudih 1.0 kms North 138 9. Mahal 7.0 kms-- North-West 160

4 Soil Parameters related to agricultural and afforestation potential

10.Sudamdih 6.0Kms North-West 140 5 Land-use Trend of land-uses

change for different categories

Core Zone & Buffer Zone Radius of 10 kms

6 Socio-economic aspects

Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics etc

All the villages covering 10 kms radius from the mine site

Radius of 10 kms



37

Monitoring Station / Location Latitude Longitude

1. Mine Site 23036’32.46” N 86026’53.91” E 2. Laghla 23037’17.20” N 86023’36.27” E 3. Alakhdih 23035’22.66” N 86024’21.24” E 4. Joradih 23035’31.76” N 86030’35.41” E 5. SEB Quarters 23035’14.87” N 86027’36.97” E 6. Kargali 23037’30.81” N 86032’29.49” E 7. Kumargora 23037’46.51” N 86028’35.44” E 8. Bhojudih 23037’58.96” N 86027’01.75” E 9. Mahal 23039’8.08” N 86022’29.64” E 10.Sudamdih 23039’16.25” N 86026’25.22” E 3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT Air pollution refers the increase or decrease in any components of air environment for such duration, which leads to the adverse effect on living beings residing within the area of concern. Once these contaminants enter in the atmosphere, either in to gaseous form or as particulate matter, these cannot escape and keep circulating and deteriorating the air quality. Air pollution effects encompass those that are health related as well as those associated with damage to property or which cause decrease in atmospheric and aesthetic features. Impact of air pollution on human health includes eye irritation, headaches and aggravation of respiratory problems. Plants and crops have been subjected to the undesirable consequences of air pollution, including abnormal growth pattern, leaf decolouration and death. Dispersion of air pollutants from the source depends on micro-meteorological parameters of the area. Micro-meteorological parameter is essential to assess the pollution level in the area as well as helpful in taking precautionary measures to control. 3.3.1 Micro-meteorology Micro-meteorological properties of the atmosphere govern the concentration of pollutant and variation with time and location, with respect to the emission source. The severity of the pollutant depends on the various meteorological variables. This includes wind speed and wind direction, temperature and relative humidity (RH). By digital weather instruments meteorological data have been generated for the study site. The results are presented in Table – 3.2. The meteorological parameters depict the weather condition of a typical summer, rainy and winter seasons. The temperature ranges from 36.6 to 41.00C in summer season, while in rainy and winter seasons temperature varies between 31.8 to 36.40C and 24.5 to 20.50C respectively. The average wind speed found is relatively high in summer season (4.3 to 10.4 ms-1). The relative humidity is found varying between 64.5 to 70.3% in summer seasons while it ranges from 70 to 85% in rainy and it varies from 51 to 55% in winter months. Major rainfall occurs by south-west monsoon with maximum rainfall occurring in the month of



38

August. The average annual rainfall in the area is reported to be about 1275 mm and average number of rainy days in a year is about 92 days. The variation of monthly rainfall is depicted in Figure – 3.1. The wind rose diagrams for summer, monsoon and winter month’s period are shown in Figure – 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. The monitoring of air quality has been done in the month of post monsoon season between October 2013 to December 2013 for which wind rose diagram is depicted in Figure 3.3.

Table – 3.2: Meteorological Parameters during Summer, Rainy and Winter Seasons

(2013) in Study Area PARAMETERS MONTHS

Mean Rainfall (mm)

Maximum Temp (Deg.C)

Minimum Temp (Deg.C)

Average Wind Speed (kmph)

Prevailing Wind

Direction (Wind from)

Relative Humidity (%)

Jan’13 0 27.2 8.2 4.7 WNW 65.6

Feb’13 0 28.9 8.1 4.9 WNW 66.2

Mar’13 0 35 15.9 6.0 NW-SE 65.0

Apr’13 25 39.4 21.4 7.5 NW-SE 65.9

May’13 92 42.6 22.8 8.1 NW-SE 61.3

Jun’13 169 37.7 22 10.2 SW 64.5

Jul’13 289 33.6 23.6 10.4 SW 75.2

Aug’13 236 34.2 22.6 9.3 SW 86.1

Sept’13 172 33.1 22 6.1 SW 85.6

Oct’13 90 31.7 18.1 5.8 NE 81.3

Nov’13 21 31.6 16 4.9 N 75.8

Dec’13 0 28.3 10.1 4.3 W 68.2

Rainfall (in mm) in Buffer Zone

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

Jan’13 Feb’13 Mar’13 Apr’13 May’13 Jun’13 Jul’13 Aug’13 Sept’13 Oct’13 Nov’13 Dec’13

Months

Rainf

all in m

Rainfall in mm

Figure: 3.1 Variation of Monthly rainfall in the buffer zone



39

Figure 3.2 Wind Rose Diagram of Study area during Winter Season (2013-2014).

N From : 1st Dec 2013 To: 28th Feb 2014 Wind Velocity in m/s



40

Figure 3.3 Wind Rose Diagram of Study area during Summer Season (2013)

NFrom : 1st March 2013- To : 31st May 2013 Wind Velocity in m/s



41

Figure 3.4 Wind Rose Diagram of Study area during Post-Monsoon Season (2013)

N

From : 1st Oct 2013- To : 31st Dec 2013 Wind Velocity in m/s



42

Figure 3.5



43

3.3.2 Air Quality

To assess the air quality of the area, one air quality-monitoring station has been fixed up near core zone and nine locations in the buffer zone; Sampling and analysis have been carried out in post monsoon seasons. The details of the study discussed below: 3.3.2.1 Sampling and Analysis

Total ten air sampling locations have been identified in core and buffer zones. There is one sampling station in the core zone and nine sampling stations in the buffer zones. Details of sampling stations along with the source of air pollution are given in Table – 3.3. The parameters monitored are Particulate Matters (PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NO2). The sampling locations of air are depicted in Figure – 3.5. Methods and instrument used for air pollutant analysis are given in Table – 3.4.

Table – 3.3: Details of Air Sampling Locations

Stn. Code Location Sources of Air pollution

A 1 Mine Site Village road, Power Plant, Coal Mines nearby

A 2 Laghla Village Motorable road, Roads A 3 Alakdih Village Motorable road, Roads A 4 Joradih Village Motorable road, Roads A 5 SEB Quarters Road, Washery, Power Plant, A 6 Kargali Village road, but a coal mine is near-by A 7 Kumargora Village Motorable Roads A 8 Bhojudih Railway Quarters, Coal Transportation A9 Mahal Coal transportation

A10 Sudamdih BCCL Coal Mines

Table – 3.4: Methodology and Instrument used for Air Quality Analysis (CPCB Stds)

Parameter Method Instrument

PM10 IS-5182 Part 23. (2006) RDS, Cyclonic Flow Technique

SO2 IS-5182 Part II (Improved West & Gaeke method) HVS/RDS with gaseous attachment

NOx IS-5182 Part ii (Jacob Hochheiser modified method)

HVS/RDS with gaseous attachment



44

3.3.2.2 Duration of Sampling

24 hourly sampling has been done for measuring the parameters like PM10 ,while 8 hourly

sampling has been carried out for SO2, and NOx measurement as per Central Pollution

Control Board (CPCB) guidelines for National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS).

Frequency of sampling has been kept twice a week (Friday and Saturday) at each sampling

point for the complete season. 3.3.2.3 Results and Discussions Ambient air quality for the core and buffer zone during the post-monsoon seasons have been presented in Table – 3.5 to 3.15 respectively. This area comes in the south-eastern direction of Jharia coalfield where a number of coalmines and related industries are found. The area is highly industrialised. The Chasnalla Colliery, Patherdih coal washery lies in North & Santhaldih Thermal Power Station lies in the East. Reflecting the background level of pollutants. Level of PM10 in the core zone is moderately high due to the industrial activity in and around the site. Concentration of SO2 and NOx are not found in significant amount in the area falling under the core & buffer zone. The annual average concentration of PM10, SO2, and NOx of core and buffer zone are shown in Table – 3.5 and with maximum, minimum, average values along with standard deviation and 98 percentile are shown in Table 3.5 - 3.15. In the buffer zone villages, Concentration of PM10 are found relatively high due to aerial diffusion of dust from the adjacent coalmines, traffic and domestic sources. The SO2 and NOx concentration is relatively high, because of power plants, traffic and domestic sources etc. National Ambient Air Quality Standards particularly for existing coal mining complexes has been shown in Table – 3.16. The value of Free Silica (Table 3.17) is well within the permissible limit at all the sampling stations. The dust fall rate has been monitored in the area for summer, monsoon and winter seasons has been provided in Table 3.18.

Table 3.5 : Ambient Air Quality Data (Average) around Proposed Sand Lease Area

Parameters (µg/m3) Location

PM10 SO2 NOx A 1 Premsinghdih 91.42 29.13 30.71 A 2 Laghla 89.04 30.04 29.92 A 3 Alakdih 90.63 31.25 32.13 A 4 Joradih 88.75 30.54 29.42 A 5 SEB Quarters 100.54 38.75 39.08 A 6 Kargali 99.21 43.58 43.17 A 7 Kumargora 98.25 29.96 30.21 A 8 Bhojudih 98.92 42.38 42.63 A9 Mahal 92.29 29.38 29.63 A10 Sudamdih 101.33 43.75 42.17

Average 95.04 34.88 34.91



45

Table – 3.6: Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A1 – Premsinghdih Mine Site

(Post Monsoon Season – October 2013 to December 2013)

Period Parameters (µg/m3)

Month Day PM10 SO2 NOx 96 22 32 3.10.2013

4.10.2013 95 32 31 91 31 30 10.10.2013

11.10.2013 98 34 29 87 37 31 17.10.2013

18.10.2013 94 25 29 87 24 34

October 2013

24.10.201325.10.2013 90 27 33

97 29 29 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 98 28 28

101 31 34 14.11.201315.11.2013 85 28 32

88 31 35 21.11.201322.11.2013 91 33 32

90 29 31

November 2013

28.11.201329.11.2013 91 30 26

90 23 32 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 85 27 33

80 25 32 12.12.201313.12.2013 83 25 29

93 31 26 19.12.201320.12.2013 92 34 29

93 32 31

December 2013

26.12.201327.12.2013 99 31 29

Maximum 101 37 35 Minimum 80 22 26 Average 91.42 29.13 30.71

Std. Deviation 5.33 3.83 2.37 98 Percentile 100.08 35.62 34.54



46

Table – 3.7 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area

Buffer Zone – A2 – Laghla Village


Period Parameters (µg/m3) Month Day PM10 SO2 NOx

97 24 35 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 87 27 32

99 29 27 10.10.2013 11.10.2013 86 28 28

98 31 33 17.10.2013 18.10.2013 89 28 32

97 31 35

October 2013

24.10.2013 25.10.2013 78 33 27

86 29 31 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 88 30 26

89 23 32 14.11.2013 15.11.2013 78 27 33

92 33 29 21.11.2013 22.11.2013 95 29 25

99 30 29

November 2013

28.11.2013 29.11.2013 94 34 30

98 32 29 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 87 31 23

88 29 33 12.12.2013 13.12.2013 78 31 29

74 34 31 19.12.2013 20.12.2013 76 33 29

86 33 31

December 2013

26.12.2013 27.12.2013 98 32 29


Std. Deviation 7.90 2.91 3.02 98 Percentile 99 34 35



47

Table – 3.8 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A3 – Alakhdih



83 28 32 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 98 31 35

95 33 27 10.10.201311.10.2013 83 29 31

86 30 26 17.10.201318.10.2013 88 24 32

89 27 33

October 2013

24.10.201325.10.2013 78 33 29

83 29 25 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 93 31 29

92 34 30 14.11.201315.11.2013 93 32 29

91 31 23 21.11.201322.11.2013 79 29 33

87 31 29

November 2013

28.11.201329.11.2013 98 34 31

83 34 38 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 96 31 39

95 25 33 12.12.201313.12.2013 91 35 37

98 26 41 19.12.201320.12.2013 102 36 34

98 38 38

December 2013

26.12.201327.12.2013 96 39 37





48

Table – 3.9 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A4 – Joradih



89 28 31 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 78 31 27

83 33 29 10.10.201311.10.2013 93 31 34

92 30 33 17.10.201318.10.2013 93 29 23

90 25 27

October 2013

24.10.201325.10.2013 90 34 25

87 29 25 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 98 30 31

83 34 39 14.11.201315.11.2013 96 32 28

95 31 33 21.11.201322.11.2013 91 29 26

80 31 33

November 2013

28.11.201329.11.2013 86 34 35

88 27 32 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 89 26 23

78 33 32 12.12.201313.12.2013 83 29 25

93 30 27 19.12.201320.12.2013 92 34 29

93 32 30

December 2013

26.12.201327.12.2013 90 31 29


Std. Deviation 5.51 2.52 4.03 98 Percentile 97.08 34 37.16

.



49

Table – 3.10 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A5 – SEB Quarters



97 46 45 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 92 43 48

89 41 28 10.10.2013 11.10.2013 95 27 45

87 43 35 17.10.2013 18.10.2013 109 47 38

93 42 37

October 2013

24.10.2013 25.10.2013 92 48 41

93 28 44 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 118 48 29

105 38 39 14.11.2013 15.11.2013 95 45 37

98 41 46 21.11.2013 22.11.2013 115 38 43

99 37 41

November 2013

28.11.2013 29.11.2013 112 41 50

110 44 43 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 108 47 47

111 33 46 12.12.2013 13.12.2013 103 35 29

95 31 35 19.12.2013 20.12.2013 112 29 31

95 27 33

December 2013

26.12.2013 27.12.2013 90 31 28


Std. Deviation 9.23 7.06 6.86 98 Percentile 116.62 48 49.08



50

Table – 3.11 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A6 – Kargali



106 49 44 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 103 43 37

102 47 40 10.10.201311.10.2013 95 42 39

93 48 44 17.10.201318.10.2013 96 46 46

91 48 43

October 2013

24.10.201325.10.2013 97 38 41

99 45 49 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 112 41 43

110 38 47 14.11.201315.11.2013 102 37 42

111 41 48 21.11.201322.11.2013 103 44 46

95 40 48

November 2013

28.11.201329.11.2013 93 39 38

98 44 45 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 94 46 41

98 43 38 12.12.201313.12.2013 87 41 37

92 50 41 19.12.201320.12.2013 98 43 44

95 47 47

December 2013

26.12.201327.12.2013 111 46 48





51

Table – 3.12: Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A7 – Kumargora

( Post Monsoon Season – October 2013 to December 2013)


96 28 31 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 99 31 27

92 33 29 10.10.2013 11.10.2013 94 31 26

91 27 28 17.10.2013 18.10.2013 99 34 27

95 31 28

October 2013

24.10.2013 25.10.2013 98 29 31

96 35 28 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 111 32 31

106 29 28 14.11.2013 15.11.2013 108 26 27

103 28 29 21.11.2013 22.11.2013 94 27 32

98 28 34

November 2013

28.11.2013 29.11.2013 93 28 31

99 31 29 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 102 28 35

98 31 31 12.12.2013 13.12.2013 92 28 27

90 27 29 19.12.2013 20.12.2013 94 29 32

99 33 37

December 2013

26.12.2013 27.12.2013 111 35 38


Std. Deviation 5.97 2.66 3.22 98 Percentile 111 35 37.54



52

Table – 3.13 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area Buffer Zone – A8 – Bhojudih



98 36 43 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 90 38 44

92 39 38 10.10.2013 11.10.2013 93 45 37

95 43 39 17.10.2013 18.10.2013 97 39 44

94 35 46

October 2013

24.10.2013 25.10.2013 96 45 43

93 48 38 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 104 47 49

99 44 43 14.11.2013 15.11.2013 94 43 39

112 44 35 21.11.2013 22.11.2013 106 38 45

97 40 48

November 2013

28.11.2013 29.11.2013 101 39 47

94 38 44 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 97 46 43

121 43 44 12.12.2013 13.12.2013 90 41 38

92 50 42 19.12.2013 20.12.2013 93 43 39

111 47 47

December 2013

26.12.2013 27.12.2013 115 46 48





53

Table – 3.14 : Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area A9 – Mahal



87 33 35 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 99 31 31

92 32 27 10.10.2013 11.10.2013 93 34 29

96 31 26 17.10.2013 18.10.2013 109 29 28

92 35 27

October 2013

24.10.2013 25.10.2013 99 31 28

95 27 31 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 92 29 33

109 26 31 14.11.2013 15.11.2013 99 28 27

97 27 34 21.11.2013 22.11.2013 105 28 31

99 31 29

November 2013

28.11.2013 29.11.2013 83 28 35

79 31 32 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 78 28 29

82 27 26 12.12.2013 13.12.2013 82 29 28

85 28 27 19.12.2013 20.12.2013 82 26 28

89 25 31

December 2013

26.12.2013 27.12.2013 92 31 28


Std. Deviation 8.90 2.62 2.73 98 Percentile 109 34.54 35



54

Table – 3.15: Ambient Air Quality in Proposed Sand Lease Area A10 – Sudamdih



112 45 37 3.10.2013 4.10.2013 105 40 39

99 49 42 10.10.2013 11.10.2013 91 41 48

93 50 46 17.10.2013 18.10.2013 96 47 40

109 50 38

October 2013

24.10.2013 25.10.2013 108 35 45

92 36 41 7.11.2013 8.11.2013 111 38 38

92 39 42 14.11.2013 15.11.2013 112 42 49

98 39 41 21.11.2013 22.11.2013 102 49 38

105 44 33

November 2013

28.11.2013 29.11.2013 99 47 49

92 48 38 5.12.2013 6.12.2013 88 41 39

96 48 42 12.12.2013 13.12.2013 109 50 39

107 42 49 19.12.2013 20.12.2013 99 36 44

122 48 47

December 2013

26.12.2013 27.12.2013 95 46 48


Std. Deviation 8.62 4.95 4.55 98 Percentile 117.4 50 49



55

Table – 3.16 : National Ambient Air Quality Standards (As per CPCB Notification November, 2009)

Concentration in Ambient Air Sl.

No. Pollutant Time weighted

average Industrial,

Residential, rural and Other Area

Ecologically Sensitive Area

(notified by Central

Government)

Methods of Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 1 Sulpher Dioxide

(SO2), µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours**

50

80

20

80

- Improved West and Gaeke - Ultraviolet fluorescence

2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours**

40

80

30

80

-Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite) -Chemiluminescence

3 Particulate Matter (Size less than 10 µm) or PM10 µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours**

60

100

60

100

-Gravimetric -TOEM - Beta attenuation

4 Particulate Matter (Size less than 2.5 µm) or PM2 µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours**

40

60

40

60

-Gravimetric -TOEM - Beta attenuation

5 Ozone (O3) µg/m3 8 hours* 1 hour**

100

180

100

180

-UV photometric -Chemiluminescence -Chemical Method

6 Lead (Pb) µg/m3 Annual* 24 hours**

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

-AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper - ED-XRF using Teflon filter

7 Carbon Monoxide(CO) mg/m3

8 hours* 1 hour**

02

04

02

04

-Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR)Spectroscopy)

8 Ammonia(NH3) µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours**

100

400

100

400

- Chemiluminescence - Indophenol blue method

9 Benzene(C6H6) µg/m3

Annual* 05 05 - Gas chromatography based continuous analyzer - Adsorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis

10 Benzo(o) Pyrine (BaP)-Particulate phase only, ng/m3

Annual* 01 01 -Solvent extraction followed by HPLC/GC analysis

11 Arsenic(As), ng/m3 Annual* 06 06 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

12 Nickel(Ni), ng/m3 Annual* 20 20 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice

a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of

the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days

of monitoring.



56

Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring

exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate

reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.

Frequency of Sampling

Air quality monitoring at a frequency of two days in a month at the nearest residential /

commercial place any may be carried out.

As a result of monthly monitoring, if it is found that the value of the pollutant is less than 50% of

the prescribed standards, for three consecutive months, then the sampling frequency may be

shifted to two days in a quarter (3 months).

In case, the value exceeds the prescribed standard, the Air Quality sampling should be done

twice a week. If the results of four consecutive weeks indicate that the concentration of

pollutants is within the prescribed standards, then monthly monitoring may be reverted to.

Table 3.17 : Percentage of free silica in the PM10

Station Code Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile

A1 1.61 0.77 0.78 0.80 A2 1.73 1.02 1.27 1.70 A3 1.52 1.21 1.48 1.49 A4 1.35 1.02 1.19 1.31 A5 1.86 1.10 1.48 1.81 A6 1.85 1.54 1.70 1.80 A7 1.86 1.24 1.55 1.81 A8 1.72 1.14 1.38 1.68 A9 1.57 1.26 1.42 1.50

A10 1.56 1.20 1.44 1.52 Note : The Standard for Respirable dust is 3mg/m3 for 8 hour of working period where Free Silica

content should not exceed is 5% a prescribed by Directorate General of Mines Safety.

Table 3.18 : Dust Fall Rate of the Area

Dust Fall (T/Month/Sq.Km.) Station Code

Location Name Summer Monsoon Winter

Core Zone A1 Premsinghdih 4.12 3.61 5.22

Buffer Zone A 6 Kargali 4.23 2.62 5.64 A 9 Mahal 4.01 2.40 4.85



57

3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Sound is produced due to the vibration of bodies or air molecules and is transmitted as a

longitudinal wave motion. Sound wave is characterised by the amplitude of pressure

changes, their frequency, and the velocity of propagation. It is therefore a form of mechanical

energy. Intensity of sound at a point in space is defined by the rate of flow of energy per unit

area, measured in watts per m3. Intensity is proportional to the mean square of the sound

pressure. Sound intensity of practical interest cover a very large range and are therefore

measured on a logarithmic scale. The relative intensity level of one sound with respect to

another is defined as 10 times the logarithm (to the base of 10) of the ratio of their intensities.

Levels defined in this way are expressed in decibels (dB). To establish an absolute level, a

reference value must be agreed upon. Thus the sound pressure level of a sound with a mean

sound pressure p2 is:

Lp = 10 Log 10 (P/Pref) 2 dB

Where the references pressure ''Pref.'' has an internationally agreed value of 20 micro

Pascal. Because the effects of noise depend strongly upon frequency of sound pressure

oscillation, therefore, spectrum analysis is important in noise measurement. The range of

audible frequencies generally lies between 20 and 20,000 Hz. It has been found that sounds

between 1000 and 4000Hz are normally most easily heard. Loudness of sound is a function

of both intensity and frequency. In view of this, sound loudness is measured in terms of

sound pressure level (SPL) through a network of filters that represent frequency response of

the human ear. Such frequency-weighted measurements are referred to simply as sound

level. A weighted sound pressure level scale is the most accepted.

Measurement of sound level may be averaged over two distinctly different periods of time.

Steady sound levels and instantaneous levels of variable sound are measured on very short

-time scale of 1 sec. or less. Variable sounds can be measured over much longer time, over

a period of hours (say 8 hrs which is shift duration) and are expressed in terms of the

equivalent continuous pressure level (Leq).

Equivalent continuous sound pressure level (Leq) is that level of steady sound, which over

the same interval of time contains the same total energy as the fluctuating sound. Thus, Leq

is a scale for the measurement of long - term noise exposure. There are large numbers of

noise scales and rating methods based on average or weighted averages derived from the

detailed noise characteristics. Equivalent sound level forms a useful measure of noise

exposure and forms basis of several noise indicators. It is defined as:



58

Leq = 10 Log (1/Tfot 10 Lp (t)/10 dt) dB(A)

Where Lp (t) is instantaneous sound pressure level and T is time of averaging normally 8 or

24 hours. 3.4.1 Instrument Used and Methodology Noise level study has been done for monitoring the ambient noise level in the lease hold

area. Mip -oy integrated sound level meter meeting IEC-197A was used to measure the

noise level. Average day and night Leq values have been assessed at each location for four

hours duration both during day and night time with the interval of 30 minutes. 3.4.2 Noise Standards Central Pollution Control Board has stipulated specific standard for ambient noise-level in

industrial, commercial, residential and silence zones for both day and night time. These are

given in Table – 3.19

Table – 3.19 : Ambient Noise Standard

Noise Level [Leq in dB(A)] S. N. Location

Day Time Night Time 1. Industrial Area 75 70 2. Commercial Area 65 55 3. Residential Area 55 45 4. Silence Zone 50 40

In addition to this, there are another set of exposure limits laid down by the office of

Occupational Safety and Health Administration in USA, and IS: 3483. These are given in

Table – 3.20. Table – 3.20: Exposure Limit for Different Noise Levels

Sound Level dB (A) Maximum Duration

(hrs./Day) OSHA IS:3483 8 90 85 6 92 - 4 95 88 2 100 91 1 105 94 ½ 110 98 ¼ 115 100

(OSHA) - Occupational Safety and Health Administration, USA)



59

3.4.3 Assessment of Noise Level

To assess the ambient noise level, measurements have been carried out at 10 (ten) sites

which comprises 1 (one) in core zone and 9 (nine) in buffer zone as shown in Figure – 3.5

and results are presented in Table – 3.21.

Table – 3.21: Noise Monitoring Locations and Level in the Study Area

Average Leq value in dB (A) Station

Code Monitoring Station

Day Night

During Post Monsoon Season (October 2013 – December 2013)

N 1 Premsinghdih 52.7 49.5

N 2 Laghla 59.2 46.4

N 3 Alakdih 53.2 47.2

N 4 Joradih 59.5 48.4

N 5 SEB Quarters 61.7 42.1

N 6 Kargali 57.6 51.3

N 7 Kumargora 63.7 52.2

N 8 Bhojudih 52.4 41.3

N9 Mahal 54.3 45.7

N10 Sudamdih 54.2 47.6

Central Pollution Control Board Standard (Industrial Area) 75 70

Central Pollution Control Board Standard (Residential Area)

55 45

3.4.4 Results and Discussions

Noise monitoring results has revealed that there is no noticeable impact of noise in the surrounding environment (Table – 3.20 and 3.21). All the study sites in the residential areas exhibited a noise level well within the corresponding threshold limit value as prescribed by CPCB, both during the day and night time.



60

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3.5.1 Water Resource

Information on water resources in the study area was collected. The water resources in the study area are mainly the Damodar River and its tributaries streams like Dungri Jore, Chatkari, Domohani Jore, Izri & Gowai rivulets and groundwater. The Damodar river flows from the west to eastern direction in the buffer zone. Surface water resources of the area include Damodar River, which is the core as well as buffer zone almost at the outskirt of the proposed area. There are a number of streams joining the Damodar from northern bank in the buffer zone. Apart from surface water, ground water potential is also very good. The parameter of prime importance for water quality study were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic, nutrient and heavy metal groups as per prescribed limits and standards. The Hydrological Features of Buffer Zone is provided in Figure 3.7. 3.5.2 Damodar - Barakar River Basin Resource & Utility in the District River Damodar valley birth near South-east of District Palamu and join Bhagirathi near Kolkata (West Bengal). Doenand, Rahera, Saphi, Garhi, Hararo, Batuka, Dhogdaha, Marmaha, Chutua, Bherah, Konar, Jamunia, Khajo, Gowai, Ijri are the main contributory sources. There are eight District like Palamau (5.28%). Lohardaga (7.33% Dhanbad-Bokaro (61.94%), Ranchi (14.08%), Hazaribagh-Chatra (35.99%), Giridih (32.44%) of land cover by Damodar-Barakar river-basin. Barakar river develops in the forest of Hazaribagh and run 200 km parallel to Damodar and after that bend to east to meet Damodar. The main contributors are as follows : Sakari, Barsati, Khero, Bakara, Egara, Usari, Chikari, Khyudia, Beri, Rajoya. River Barakar covers six district like Hazaribagh-Chatra (21.77%), Giridih (43.67%), Dhanbad-Bokaro (38.05%) & Dumka (8.80%) of total land. 3.5.3 Hydrogeology / Ground Water Availability

At present the ground water being exploited mainly through open dug wells. The wells are 10-15 m deep below ground in fissured formations, so as to yield less than 5 m3/h. The yield from bore wells in fissured formations varies from 2 to 36 m3/h. The yield of tube wells constructed in sandstone up to 200 m depth varies from less than 50 to 150 m3/h. The yield is high in the sedimentary region of Jharia Coalfield where as low in the Metamorphics region of Jharkhand. The alluvial deposits occurring in lower Damodar River Basin of West Bengal vary in thickness from 50 to more than 300m. The yields prospect of tube wells constructed to depths of 60 to 150 m below ground level ranges from 100-180 m3/h.



61

3.5.4 Water Resources in Jharkhand & West Bengal

Jharkhand and West Bengal has a good proportion of forest cover. Forest needs water, and many rivers run in the State of Jharkhand. On an average 1200 mm rainfall is recorded in the State, better than many states in India. The 11 rivers across the Jharkhand & West Bengal are :– ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Some Main Rivers Muhana of the River ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Cumani Ganges 2. Mayurakshi Bhagirathi 3. Ajay Bhagirathi 4. Shankh South Koel 5. South Koel Brahmani 6. North Koyal Sone 7. Barakar Damodar 8. Kharkai Suwarn Rekha 9. Suvarna Rekha Bay of Bengal 10 Teesta Bramhaputra Availability of Water

1. Surface water - 260162 lakh cubic mtrs. 2. Underground water - 49924 lakh cubic mtrs.

Water for Agriculture

Big & Middle Irrigation Projects – 33727.80 lakh cu. mts Minor Irrigation Projects – 5915.8 lakh cu. mts Use of surface water – 39643.60 lakh cu. mts Use of ground water – 7715 lakh cu. mts

Used by Households

Surface water – 824 lakh cu. mts Ground water – 5561 lakh cu. mts

Use by cattles

Surface water – 585 lakh cu. mts Use for Industries & Railways

Surface water – 6713 lakh cu. mts Ground water – 1.00 lakh cu. mts

Use by own Basin – 54670 lakh cu. mts Use by other Basin – 8375 lakh cu. mts Surplus Water

Surface – 197117 lakh cu. mts (inside Basin) – 2090 lakh cu. mts (outside Basin)

Ground surface – 36641 lakh cu. mts



62

Only 23.4% surface water used in the States and unused 76.6% water runaway to the sea. 26.6% of ground water used and rest 73.4% ground water has been stored.

3.5.5 Aquifer Characteristic The hydrological study covering the district has not been done so far by any agency; hence it is very difficult to make concrete comments on this aspect. However, hydro geologically the area can be broadly divided into Metamorphic, Sedimentary & Traps and inter trepan beds.

Total 10 dug wells were selected as observation points in the Core and Buffer zone (≅31470Ha) for measuring the water level during pre-monsoon and post monsoon seasons. The average depth of water table in core zone in pre and post monsoon has been observed as 5.63m and 3.03m respectively. In the buffer zone the depth of water table during pre and post monsoon has been observed as 6.38m and 3.93m respectively. The ground water level monitoring wells are marked in Figure 3.5.

The ground water level fluctuation in and around Core & Buffer zone area of sand mining lease is given in Table 3.22. This fluctuation of ground water in the area is shown in Figure 3.6.

Table 3.22 Ground water level fluctuation in and around Core & Buffer zone area of sand mining lease.

Sl Village Well No.

Longitude Latitude AMSL WL(bgl) Pre-monsoon

WL(bgl) Post-monsoon

Fluctuation

1. Premsinghdih GW1 86026’53.91” E 23036’32.46” N 160 6.7 4.0 2.7 2. Laghla GW2 86023’36.27” E 23037’17.20” N 160 5.9 4.1 1.8 3. Alakdih GW3 86024’21.24” E 23035’22.66” N 162 5.9 3.8 2.1 4. Joradih GW4 86030’35.41” E 23035’31.76” N 160 5.8 4.2 1.6 5. SEB Quarters GW5 86027’36.97” E 23035’14.87” N 160 6.8 3.6 3.2 6. Kargali GW6 86032’29.49” E 23037’30.81” N 129 6.6 3.6 3.0 7. Kumargora GW7 86028’35.44” E 23037’46.51” N 140 6.8 3.8 3.0 8. Bhojudih GW8 86027’01.75” E 23037’58.96” N 138 6.5 4.6 1.9 9. Mahal GW9 86022’29.64” E 23039’8.08” N 160 5.8 3.7 2.1 10. Sudamdih GW10 86026’25.22” E 23039’16.25” N 140 6.9 3.8 3.1

Average 6.38 3.93 2.45

AMSL= Average Mean Sea Level, bgl = Below Ground Level.



63

Figure 3.6 Pre and Post Monsoon Ground Water Level Fluctuation

Pre and Post Monsoon Ground Water Level Fluctuation

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10

Ground Water Monitoring Points

Pre monsoon

Post Monsoon

BGL

BGL(m)



64

Figure 3.7 Hydrological Features



65

3.5.6 Water Quality

3.5.6.1 Methods of Sampling and Analysis

To assess the impact of proposed Sand mining activity on water quality, seventeen water-sampling points have been selected which comprises of eight drinking water and nine surface water samples (Table 3.23). Locations of sampling points are shown in Figure – 3.5 which includes up stream and down stream of Gowai/Damodar River from the study site. Water samples have been collected in post monsoon seasons and analysed as per standards method prescribed in APHA (1992).

3.5.6.2 Drinking Water

Eight villages have been selected for the testing of drinking water quality, which are shown in

Table 3.23. The well water samples of these villages were collected and analysed as per IS:

10500 standards. Results have been given in the Table 3.24. All the values were found well

within the limit prescribed in IS: 10500. The test parameters of drinking water as per IS:

10500 are presented in the Table 3.26. 3.5.6.3 Surface Water Nine sampling sites have been selected for the assessment of surface water quality which

are shown in Table 3.23. The samples were collected and analysed as per standard

methods. Results have been given in the Table 3.25. All the values are well within the

threshold limit. CPCB classification of inland surface water standard is given in Table 3.27.

Table - 3.23: Details of Water Quality Monitoring Stations

Sl. N. Location Sl No Location Drinking Water (Well/tubewell)

Surface Water

GW1 Premsinghdih SW1 River Gowai Up Stream GW2 Laghla SW2 River Damodar Down Stream GW3 Alakhdih SW3 Laghla (Pond)

GW4 Joradih SW4 Alakhdih (Pond)

GW5 SEB Quarters SW5 Joradih (Pond)

GW6 Kargali SW6 SEB Quarters (Pond)

GW7 Kumargora SW7 Kargali (Pond)

GW8 Bhojudih SW8 Kumargora (Pond)

SW9 Bhojudih (Pond)

EIA/EMP Premsinghdih, etc. Sand Mining Project Tata Steel Limited


66

Table – 3.24 : Drinking Water Quality in Proposed Sand Mining Area during Post-Monsoon Season (November 2013)

DRINKING WATER QUALITY STATION CODE IS : 10500 Sl

No PARAMETERS GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1 Colour (Hazan Unit)

colourless colourless colourless Colourless colourless colourless colourless colourless unobjectionable

2 Odour unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable

3 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Turbidity NTU (max) 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 10 NTU

5 Total Dissolved Solid

376 332 454 478 464 344 378 449 500

6 pH 7.5 7.6 7.1 7.2 7.7 8.1 7.2 7.9 6.5-8.5

7 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 203.51 179.94 198.73 219.93 221.46 237.77 172.49 202.57

300

8 Alkalinity mg/L 71 65 76 70 75 90 65 88 200 9 Calcium (as Ca) 56.7 48.6 51.8 54.8 58.4 63.1 33.5 45.2 75

10 Magnesium (as Mg) 14.4 13.6 16.2 19.5 17.7 18.8 20.9 21.1 30

11 Copper (as Cu) 0.19 0.18 0.21 0.12 0.17 0.16 0.23 0.25 0.5 12 Iron (as Fe) 0.16 0.26 0.23 0.29 0.21 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.3

13 Manganese (as Mn)max 0.03 0.04 0.02 0.06 0.04 0.07 0.05 0.06 0.1

14 Chloride (as Cl-) 22 21 23 21 25 21 22 23 250

15 Sulphates (as SO4

--) 27 25 26 37 42 25 28 35 150

16 Nitrate (as NO3-) 5.6 6.2 7.5 13.2 15.2 12.8 8.1 8.9 45

17 Fluorides as (F-) 0.22 0.27 0.67 0.55 0.62 0.71 0.46 0.40 0.6-1.2

18 Phenoloic compound (C6H5OH)

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 0.001

20 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 0.01



67

Table – 3.24: Drinking Water Quality in Proposed Sand Mining Area during Post Monsoon Season (November 2013) ..Continued.

DRINKING WATER QUALITY (…Continued)

Sl No PARAMETERS STATION CODE IS : 10500

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 21 Arsenic (as As) mg/L <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.05

22 Cyanide (as CN-) mg/L

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05

23 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.1 24 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.14 0.11 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.13 0.14 0.12 5.0

25 Chromium (as Cr6+) mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 0.015 0.05

26 Mineral oil mg/L NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.01

27 Residual free Chlorine mg/L NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.2

28 Coliform organism (MPN/100ml)

absent absent absent absent absent absent absent absent should be absent

All parameters are expressed in mg/l except pH.



68

Table – 3.25: Surface Water Quality in Proposed Sand Mining Area during Post Monsoon Season (November 2013)

Surface water quality of the area Station code

Sl No Parameters SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 IS 2296

Class C 1 Temperature (0C) 23.4 23.4 24.3 24.3 24.8 24.3 23.9 24.2 24.8 ---

2 pH 8.1 8.2 8.11 8.21 7.9 8.6 7.7 7.9 8.22 6.5-8.5

3 Turbidity NTU (max) 28.2 26.3 32.4 31.6 31.2 34.7 38.7 38.6 44.2 ---

4 Total suspended Solid mg/L 142 157 143 146 147 154 182 165 152 ---

5 Total Dissolved Solid mg/L 223 208 195 231 194 216 237 209 215 1500

6 DO mg/L 6.7 6.8 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.4 8.3 8.5 8.8 4

7 BOD mg/L 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.0 1.8 2.1 2.2 2.4 3

8 Total Hardness (mg/L as CaCO3) 136 132 130 135 123 122 145 132 137 ----

9 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 13.9 13.5 22.4 25.1 21.8 22.1 22.4 23.8 24.8 50

10 Sulphates (as SO4--) mg/L 19.2 17.6 18.7 17.8 21.2 21.5 12.8 21.4 18.6 400

11 Chloride (as Cl-) mg/L 37.5 36.2 24.5 23.2 22.4 23.6 20.1 20.2 17.8 600

12 Oil & Grease mg/L 0.03 0.02 0.04 0.02 0.03 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.1

13 Fluorides as (F-) mg/L 0.6 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.7 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.8 1.5

14 Phenols mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

15 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.20 0.21 0.04 0.05 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.06 0.05 50

16 Chromium (VI) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

17 Arsenic mg/L <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.20

18 Lead mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.10

19 Cadmium mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01

20 Micro Organisms (MPN/100ml) 1896 1899 2673 2654 2549 2571 3743 2787 3343 5000



69

Table – 3.26: Test Characteristics for Drinking Water as per IS: 10500

Sl. No.

Characteristics

Requirement (desirable limit)

Undesirable effects outside the desirable limit

Desirable/ Essential

Remark

1. Colour, Hazen units 10 Above 10, consumer acceptance decreased

Essential May be extended to 50 only if toxic substances are not suspected, in absence of alternate sources

2. Odour Unobjectionable Essential a) Test could not and when heated and b) test at several dilution

3. Taste Agreeable Essential Test to be conducted only after safety has been established

4. Turbidity NTU, Max.

10 Above 10, consumer Essential May be extended up to 25, in absence of alternate sources

5. Dissolved Solids mg/I, Max

500 Beyond this palpability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation

Desirable May be extended up to 3000, in the absence of alternate sources

6. PH value 6.5 to 8.5 Beyond this palpability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation

Essential May be relaxed up to 9.2, in absence of alternate sources

7. Total hardness (as CaCO3) mg/I, Max.

500 Encrustation in water supply structure and averse effects on domestic use

Essential May be extended up to 600, in the absence of other sources

8. Calcium (as Ca) mg/I, Max.

75 Encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use

Desirable May be extended up to 200, in the absence of other sources

9. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/I, Max.

75 Encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use

Desirable May be extended up to 100, in the absence of other sources.

10. Copper (as Cu) mg/I, Max.

0.05 Astringent taste, discoloration and corrosion of pipes, fittings and stencils will be caused beyond this

Desirable May be relaxed up to 1.5

11. Iron (as Fe) mg/I, Max.

0.3 Beyond this limit taste/appearance are affected, has adverse effect domestic uses and water supply structures and promotes iron bacteria

Essential May be extended up to 1.0 in absence of alternate sources

12. Manganese (as Mn) mg/I, Max.

0.1 Beyond this limit taste/appearance are affected, has adverse effect domestic uses and water supply structures and promotes iron bacteria

Desirable May be extended up to 0.5 where alternate sources is not available

13. Chlorides (as CI) mg/I, Max.

250 Beyond this limit, taste corrosion and palatability are affected

Essential May be extended up to 1000 in absence of other alternate sources

14. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/I, Max.

150 Beyond this causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium of sodium are present

Desirable May be extended up to 400 provided magnesium (as Mg) does not exceed 30

15. Nitrate (as NO3) mg/I, Max.

45 Beyond this methnaemoglobinemia takes place

No relaxation



70

Table – 3.26: Test Characteristics for Drinking Water as per IS: 10500 (Contd..)

Sl. No.

Characteristics Requirement (desirable limit)

Undesirable effects outside the desirable limit

Desirable/Essential

Remark

16. Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.6 to 1.2 Low fluoride levels are linked with dental care. Above 1.5 it may cause fluorosis.

Desirable If the limit is below 0.6 water source should not be rejected but suitable public health

17. Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5 OH) mg/l, Max

0.001 Beyond this, it may cause objectionable taste and odour.

Desirable May be relaxed up to 0.002

18. Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, Max

0.001 Beyond this, the water becomes toxic Desirable No relaxation of this limit is allowed to be tasted when pollution is suspended

19. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, Max


20. Selenium (as Se) mg/l, Max


21. Arsenic (as As) mg/l, Max


22. Cyanide (as Cn) mg/l, Max

0.05 Beyond this, the water become toxic Desirable No relaxation. To be tested when pollution is suspected

23. Lead (as Pb) mg/l, Max

0.1 Beyond this, the water becomes toxic Desirable No relaxation being a health parameter. To be tested when pollution/plumb solvency is suspected

24. Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, Max

5 Beyond this limit it can cause astringent taste and opalescence in water

Desirable May be relaxed up to 15. To be tested when pollution is suspended

25. Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/l, Max

0.2 Beyond this limit it cab cause a light froth in water

Desirable May be relaxed up to 15. To be tested when pollution is suspended

26. Chromium (as Cr6+) mg/l, Max

0.05 May be carcinogenic above this limit Desirable No relaxation. To be tested when pollution is suspended

27. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon (as PAH) mg/l, Max

May be carcinogenic Desirable +

28. Mineral Oil Mg/l, Max 0.01 Beyond this limit, undesirable taste and odour after chlorination takes place

Desirable May be relaxed up to 0.03 to be tested when pollution is suspected

29. Residual, free chlorine, mg/l, Min.

0.2 - Essential To be applicable only when water is chlorinated. Tested at consumer end. When protection against viral infection is required, it should be min. 0.5 mg/l

30. Pesticides Absent Toxic Desirable +

31. Radioactive materials a) Alpha emitters uc/ml, Max b) Beta emitters uc/ml, Max

10 -8 10-7

- Desirable +

Note: Atomic absorption Spectrometric method may be used, + Limits and methods of test are under study.



71

Table – 3.27: Classification of Inland Surface Water, CPCB Standard

S.N. Characteristics A B C D E

1. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l), min.

6 5 4 4 -

2. BOD (Mg/l), Min. 2 3 3 - -

3. Total Coliform (MPN/100),max

50 500 5000 - -

4. Total Coliform (MPN/100ml), max.

500 - 1500 - 2100

5. Chloride as Cl (mg/l),max 250 - 600 - 500 6. Colour, Hazen Units, max. 10 300 300 - -

7. Sodium absorption Ratio, max.

- - - 26

8. Boron as B (mg/l), max. - - - - 2

9. Sulphates as SO4 (mg/l) max.

400 - 400 - 1000

10. Nitrates as NO3 (mg/l) max. 20 - 50 - -

11. Free Ammonia as N (mg/l), max.

- - - 12 -

12. Conductivity at 25 o C (us/cm), max.

- - - 1.0 2.25

13. pH 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.514. Arsenic as As (mg/l), max. 0.05 0.2 0.2 - - 15. Iron as Fe (mg/l), max. 0.3 - 50 - - 16. Fluorides as F (mg/l) max. 1.5 1.5 1 - - 17. Lead as Pb (mg/l), max. 0.1 - 0.1 - - 18. Copper as Cu (mg/l), max. 1.5 - 1.5 - - 19. Zinc as (mg/l), max. 15 - 15 - -

If the Coliform count is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limit, the criteria for coliform shall be satisfied if number is more than 20% of samples show more than the tolerance limit specified and not more than 5% of samples show values more than four times the tolerance limits. Further, the faecal coliform should not be more than 20% of the coliform.

a) Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfecting. b) Outdoor bathing organised. c) Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disaffection. d) Propagation of wildlife, fisheries. e) Irrigation, industrial cooling, controlled waste disposal.



72

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The Sand mining lease site falls below the southern boundary of Jharia coalfield. The

northern area comprising of both opencast and underground coal mine. Land Environment

is an aspect, which has been damaged, during open cast mining operations in the Dhanbad

area. The extent of land degradation however, varies and is influenced by the topography of

the area, geology, soil texture and method of mining. The damaged land adversely affects

watershed and its drainage pattern, vegetation and animal communities. The proposed

sand lease has minimum disturbances to the land as mining is restricted only in the sand

dunes of Gowai river and above water level. Moreover the coal seams are also deep seated

and other degradation are mainly due to the nearby mining operations, brick kilns,

construction and other industrial activities in Jharia Coalfield to sustain the population

pressure. Most of the farmers are with very low land holdings and their fields are having low

yield.

3.6.1 Land Use Pattern

Generally topography of the area is undulating and rolling upland and having valley bottom

plain of depression between uplands. The core area consisting of river bed. The sand

collection activity will be done only on the large sand dunes. The details of the land use

pattern of the core and buffer zones are provided in Table 2.3 and Table 2.4. The Figure

2.3 and Figure 2.5 depicts the land use in form of Pie-chart. There are no forest lands in

the core zone. There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife

Corridors, Tiger/Elephant reserves within 10km of the mine lease. The nearest forest

Topchanchi is about 50km northern side from the core zone. And the next nearest is Dalma

forests which is lying more than 70km away from the core zone. 3.6.2 Soil Quality To assess the quality of soil in and around Proposed Sand Mining Leases, Soil samples

from waste land and agricultural field have been collected and analysed for physical and

chemical parameters. The physical properties of soil, like: texture, bulk density, moisture

content and water holding capacity have been evaluated. The chemical properties, which

govern growth performance of crops and plant includes pH, EC, N, P, K and organic

carbon. The sampling locations and codes are described in the Table 3.28 and also seen in

the Figure – 3.5.



73

Table – 3.28: Soil Sampling Station / Code

3.6.3 Methodology

Soil sampling has been carried out in the month of November 2013. The standard

procedure has been followed for sampling and all the samples have been taken from the

depth of 0-30 cm. and 30-60 cm. from all the sites. Standard procedures for sampling and

analysis are listed below:

Physical Parameters

• Colour Visual Observation

• Natural moisture content (%) IS : 2720 Part II (1973)

• Bulk density (g/cm3) IS : 2720 Part XXIX (1975)

• Particle size analysis IS : 2720 Part II (1973)

• Water holding capacity IS : 2720 Chemical Properties

• pH IS : 2720 Part XXIX (1973)

• Electrical Conductivity (mmoh/cm) IS : 2720 Part XIX (1977)

• Organic Carbon (%) IS : 2720 Part XXII (1972)

• Available N (Kg/ha) Micro Kjeldhal method(Jackson1958)

• Available P (Kg/ha) Olsen method(1954)

• Available K (Kg/ha) Ammonium acetate extractable

measured by ASS

Nine samples comprising of wasteland, agricultural field and forest area have been

analysed for their physico–chemical properties. The results of analysis are presented in

Table – 3.29.

Sl Code Station/Location 1 (S1) Land of Premsinghdih Village

2 (S2) Agricultural field of Laghla Village

3 (S3) Waste land of Alakhdih

4 (S4) Agricultural field of Joradih

5 (S5) Residential Land of SEB Quarters

6 (S6) Agricultural field of Kargali

7 (S7) Road side of Kumargora

8 (S8) Land near Mahal

9 (S9) Land of Sudamdih



74

Analysis of soil samples reveals that there is no wide variation in the natural material.

Particle size analysis shows that the texture of the soil is of sandy loam in nature. The bulk

density was found to vary from 1.43 to 1.63 g/cm3 showing compactness while moisture

content ranged from 1.42% to 5.2%. All the samples showed moderate water holding

capacity ranging from 21.65 to 34.65 %. Further soil of agricultural field was found slightly

acidic in nature while the wasteland and forest soils samples shows neutral pH. Electrical

conductivity measurement of the samples clearly suggests that total soluble solid

concentration is in the normal range and all the values are found below 1 mmoh/cm the

values of EC ranged from 0.16 to 0.28 mmho/cm.

The values of organic carbon of all samples were found to be lower. As compared to other

site, forest soil shows slightly high carbon content. Available nitrogen was found to be lower

ranging from 212 to 276 Kg/ha except in case of soil near plantation areas where the value

represents medium range. Available phosphorus and potassium have been found in

medium range. The values are compared with rating chart is given in Table – 3.30 and

relation between conductivity and total soluble solid content is given in Table – 3.31.



75

75

Table – 3.29 : Physico–Chemical Properties of Soil during November 2013

Sampling Locations S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 Parameters 0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

0-30 cm

30-60 cm

Physical Parameters Sand (%) 56.3 61.0 62.5 68.2 66.2 56.2 69.6 66.6 69.0 62.6 66.4 68.0 66.1 63.7 68.3 59.3 66.1 57.3

Silt (%) 29.4 17.5 20.3 21.6 20.3 29.6 18.1 20.4 18.7 20.6 20.6 21.8 20.5 21.4 20.2 30.5 20.5 30.3

Clay (%) 14.3 12.5 16.2 10.2 13.5 14.2 12.3 13.0 12.3 16.8 13.0 10.2 13.4 14.9 11.5 10.2 13.4 12.4

Texture Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Bulk density (g/cm3) 1.44 1.59 1.46 1.49 1.46 1.61 1.54 1.43 1.52 1.44 1.51 1.47 1.45 1.63 1.43 1.48 1.47 1.49

Moisture content (%)

2.47 1.93 2.69 5.33 1.54 1.8 2.64 2.23 2.2 2.7 2.61 5.2 1.47 2.8 2.44 3.93 1.42 3.95

Water holding capacity (%)

28.72 34.64 29.73 29.4 25.75 32.71 27.20 23.62 21.65 27.18 29.74 29.5 25.75 34.60 28.75 25.35 25.75 25.35

Chemical Parameters pH 6.0 7.2 7.1 6.3 6.9 7.3 7.1 6.2 6.6 5.9 6.3 6.1 6.8 7.2 6.4 6.0 6.8 6.8 EC (m moh/ cm)

0.22 0.17 0.22 0.24 0.17 0.29 0.24 0.27 0.28 0.26 0.26 0.24 0.21 0.17 0.27 0.22 0.21 0.32

Organic Carbon (%)

0.31 0.22 0.21 0.25 0.26 0.24 0.45 0.37 0.27 0.32 0.31 0.34 0.25 0.23 0.39 0.36 0.26 0.21

Available N (Kg/ha)

276 212 237 221 243 236 274 234 272 227 254 231 229 234 275 256 233 263

Available P (Kg/ha) 22 21 20 19 17 25 19 19 21 24 23 18 17 22 26 21 19 22

Available K (Kg/ha) 135 132 146 142 133 136 144 156 146 147 141 153 152 144 141 165 136 138



76

Table – 3.30: Rating Chart for Soil Test Value in India

S. N. Parameter Unit Low Medium High

1. Organic % <0.5 0.5 - 0.75 >0.75

2. Available N Kg/ha <280 280 – 560 >560

3. Available P Kg/ha <10 10 – 25 >25

4 Available K Kg/ha <120 120- 280 >280

Table – 3.31: Relation between Conductivity and Total Soluble Solid Content

S. N. Conductivity Total soluble solid content

1. <1m mho/cm Normal

2. 1-2 mho/cm Fairly good

3. 2-3<1 mho/cm High

4. >3m mho/cm Very High

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Biological environment is one of the most important aspects in environmental impact

assessment in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality for better

environmental management and planning. Eco-system consists of varieties of

interrelationships between both biotic and abiotic components including dependence,

competition and mutualism. Biotic component comprise of both plant and animal

communities which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the

abiotic components of the environment.

3.7.1 Survey Methodology

A survey of the study area has been performed to get a general picture of the landscapes in

vegetation. Traverses have been taken within the study area to note major vegetation

patterns and plant communities including their growth pattern and dominant species and

the human as well as industrial influence on vegetation. Plants, which could not be

identified in the field, have been collected, pressed and brought to the laboratory for

identification. A list of Flora & Fauna has been prepared and submitted for authentication to

the office of Divisional Forest Officer Bokaro and Dhanbad Divisions, Govt. of Jharkhand.



77

3.7.2 Floral Diversity

3.7.2.1 Phytoplankton Species present in the river (core zone).

As the core zone is a river bed the river water was analysed for various species. These

were found mostly in the area where the water was in stagnant pocket and where the

velocity of water was very slow. The biological analysis of river water was carried out and

presence of different species was the obvious reasons of biological pollution. Table 3.32

depicts various phytoplankton species present in the water body.

Table – 3.32 : Phytoplankton Species present in the river (core zone).

Phytoplanktons Species* Total No of Organism/Litre

1 Spirogyra sp 96.0

Volvox sp 104.0

2 Chlamydomonas sp 102.0

3 Euglena sp 266.0

4 Tetraspora sp 197.0

5 Analystis sp 66.0

6 Ankiodesmoden sp 109.0

*Data Generation was done during post monsoon season of the year November 2013

3.7.2.2 Floral Species present around the river ( near the core zone). Very few species such as bargad, chichwa, dhaman, gular, mahur, mahua, pipal, and are

present near the core zone. The list of trees, small trees, shrubs, climbers and grasses are

presented in the Table – 3.33



78

Table – 3.33 : Floral species present near the core zone

GRASSES

24. Khash Urai Vetivaria zizanioides

25. Bahayadanda Barru, Nal Arundo donax

OTHER PLANTS

26. Chhind Chhind Phoenix sylvestris

S.N. Local Name Hindi Name Botanical Name

LARGE TREE

1. Bargad Bargad Ficus Bangalansis

2. Sonpaker Karhber Ficus tomentosa

3. Gular Dumar Ficus glomerata

4. Kem (mundi) Mundi, Phaldu Mitragyna parviflora

5. Dhaman Dhaman, Dhankoot Grewia tiliaefolia

6. Aachar Aachar Buchanaia lanzan

7. Mahua Mahua Maduca Indica

8. Pipal Pipal Ficus Religiosa

9. Chichwa Chichwa Albizzia odoratissima

SMALL TREES

10. Mainphal Mainhar Randla dumetorum

11. Agaltara Dhanbaher, Karkacha Cassia fistula

12. Maidalkari -- Litsea polyantha

13. Bamboo

14. Palas

SHRUBS AND UNDER SHRUBS

15. Kurchi Kurchi, Keria Holarrhena antidysentrica

16. Jhau Jharu, Jhau Tararix dioica

17. Bhatkaya Bhatkatya Solanum nigrum

18. Ratanjot Ratanjot Jatropha curacas

19. Karonda Karonda Carissa opaca

20 Sitafal Sitafal Anona squamosa

CLIMBERS

21. Kiwach Kewach Mucuna prurita

22. Psaran Dudhi Clematis smilacifolia

23. Mahul Mohlain Bauhinia vahlii



79

The buffer zone contains large portion of industrial, fallow land agricultural land and

residential areas. Palash, Shisum and Saguan (mostly planted) are the most predominant

species of trees in the buffer zone. Other common trees in the areas are Bamboo, Kher,

Salai, Simul, Mahua, Palas, Kusum, Kend, Asan, Piar, Sal and Bhelwa. The lists of other

species found in this zone are listed in Table – 3.34.

Table – 3.34 : Floral species present in buffer zone

S.N. Local Name Hindi Name Botanical Name

LARGE TREE

1. Gamari Khamhar,Khamher Gmelina arborea

2. Pipal Pipal Ficus Religiosa

3. Kher Kher Acacia catechu

4. Bahera Bahera Terminalia belerica

5. Jaimangal Jaimangal Oroxylim indicum

6. Boon Boon Cedrela toona

7. Arjun Arjun, Koha Terminalia arjuna

8. Tendu Tandu Diospyros melanoxylon

9. Dhawra Dhawa Anogeissus latifolia

10. Pakar Pakar Ficus infectoria

11. Haldu Haldu, Kalmi Adina Cardifolia

12. Bijasal Bija Pterocarpus marsupium

13. Shisum Kala Shisum Daibergia latifolia

14. Bargad Bargad Ficus Bangalansis

15. Kalla Korkut Dillenia pentagyna

16. Salai Salai, Salenh Boswellia serrata

17. Mahua Mahua Maduca Indica

18. Sagaun Sagaun Tectona grandis

SMALL TREES

19. Gilchi Barri Casearia elliptica

20. Roli Sinduri, Sheri Mallotus philippinensis

21. Keblar Keblar Bauhinia purpuraca



80

SHRUBS AND UNDER SHRUBS

22. Aapamarg Chirchita Achyranthes aspera

23 Adusha Adusha Adhatoda vasica

24. Bantulsi Bantulsi Daedalacanthus prurient

25. Gokhru Gokhru Tribulus terrestris

26. Nirguri Nirguri Vitex negundo

27. Nil Birhul Indigofera pulchella

28. Bhringraj Dhamira Eclipta prostrate

29. Marorfali Enthi Helieteres isora

30. Shatabari Satawar Asparagus recemosus

CLIMBERS

31. Roni Ael Acacia pinnata

GRASSES

32. Kush Kusha Desmostachya bipinnata

33. Chhir Chir Imperata cylindrical

34. Bharbel Kail Dichanthium annulatum

3.7.3 Faunal Diversity

3.7.3.1 Aquatic Fauna

As the core zone is a river bed a study was conducted in the river to find the aquatic fauna

present in the water bodies and the sand beds. The detailed list of fauna including

zooplanktons found in the river is presented in Table 3.35.



81

Table – 3.35 : Aquatic species present in the Damodar/Gowai River

S.N. Scientific Name Local Name English Name

1 Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal Mrigal, Indian major carp

2 Labeo Rohita Rohu Carp Fish

3 Catla Catla Catla Catla

4 Labeo Calbasu Calbasu Calbasu, Indian major carp

5 Labeo Bata Bata Bata

6 Puntius Leiacanthus

Puti, - ---

7 Ompok pabda Pabda Indian silurid cat fish/Butter Cat Fish

8 Macrobrachium rosenbergii

Jhinga, Chingri

Fresh water shrimp/prawn

9 Wallago Attu Boal Freshwater Shark

10 Arius spp Tangra Cat Fish The above data generation was done during the year 2013-14 monthly sample catches

Zooplankton Species Total No of Organism/Litre

1 Chlronomidae 210.0

2 Amoeba 65.0

3 Paramoceim 110.0

4 Planeria 130.0 Data Generation was done during the year 2012-13.

The above fishes were found from the fishermen. The size of these varied from 40mm to

180mm. Larger variety was found in the Panchet dam in the downstream. The

zooplanktons were found in the stagnant pockets of water and where the velocity of water

was very slow.

Apart from the species mentioned in the Table 3.35 there are other species found in the

sands like small frogs, snakes, small crabs etc.

3.7.3.2 Fauna found near the core zone

Generally Rats, Chhachunder, Mongoose, Dogs and Pigs are commonly found near core

zone. Snakes and lizards are also common. Different varieties of birds found in core zone

are Anjan, Kabutar, Koel, Maina, Sparrows. No endangered species are found near the

core zone. The detail lists of species are presented in Table – 3.36.



82

Table – 3.36 : Different Varieties of Animals, Insects and Birds near the core zone

S.N. Scientific Name Schedule Local Name English Name

Order Insectivora

1. Hemiechinus aurituscollaries

IV (4-A) -- Hedgehog

2. Suncus murinus Chhachhundar Musk-Shrew

Order Carnivora

3. Herpestes edwardsi IV (6-A) Newla Common Mongoose

Order Rodentia

4. Funambulus Pennanti Gilhari Common five Stripped Squirrel

5. Bandicota bengalensis V (6) Chuha Field rat

6. Rattus rattus-refescena V (6) Chuha Common house rat

7. Golund ellioti V (6) Chuha The Indian bush rat

Birds

1. Phalcrocoraxnizar Pan Caua Little Cormorant

2. Ardea cinerea Anjan Gray Hero

3. Ardeola grayii Andha Bagla Paddy Bird/ Pond Hero

4. Bubulcus obis IV (22) Gai Bagla Cattle egret

5. Egretta garzetta Bara Bagla Large Egret

6. Anas Clypeata Panao tilari Shoveller

7. Elanus caeruleus Kapasi Black winged kite

8. Milvus migrans Chil Common pariah kite

9. Aquilla refax Okab Towny eagle

10. Gyps bengalensis IV (75) Gidh Bengal Vulture

11. Francolinus fromcolinus IV (51) Kala Titar Black partridge

12. Francolinus pondicerianus

IV (51) Safed Titar Gray partridge

13. Gallus gallus Jangli murgi Red jangle fowl

14. Grus grus IV (16) Bagla saras Common crane

15. Rostratula bengalensis Ohadri Painted Snipe

16. Treron phoenicoptera IV (54) Harial Common green pigeon

Contd…..



83

17. Columba livia IV (54) Kabutar Blue rock pigeon

18. Eudynamys scolopceae Koel Koel

19. Clamator jacobinus IV (17) Papiha chatak Pied crested Cuckoo

20. Bubo bubo IV (48) Uloo Owl

21. Alcedo atthis IV (37)

Chotta Kilkila Small blue kingfisher or Common kingfisher

22. Merops Superciliosus Bada patringa Blue cheeked bee eater

23. Merops Orientalis Patringa Green bee eater

24. Merops Philipinus Bada Patringa Blue tailed bee eater

25. Upupa epops Hudhud Indian Hoopoe

26. Dinopim bengalense IV (79) Kathfora Golden backed woodpecker

27. Dicrurus adsimilis IV (20) Bhujang King crow; Black Drongo

28. Dicrurus Caerulescens IV (20) Pahari Bhujang White bellied drango

29. Dicrurus paradiseus IV Bhimraj Large Racket tailed drango

30. Sturnus Malabaricus Pawai Grayheaded myna

31. Aerodotheres tristis IV (45) Maina Common Maina

32. Corvus macrorhynchos Junglee Koua Junglee crow

33. Dendrocitta Vagabunda Mahalat Mahalot

34. Pericrocotus Cinnamomaus

IV (8) Bulal Small minivet

The high vegetative growth supports variety of faunal species in the buffer zone. Prominent

wild species include wild black napped hare, squirrel, mongoose in buffer zone. Amongst

birds the bulbul, the white-breasted kingfisher, magpie robin, spotted dove and myna are

prominent. Amongst reptiles, several poisonous like cobra, viper, krait and non-poisonous

snakes (like boa, rat snakes, green whip, Bronze backed tree snake, etc) are abound in this

area. The garden lizard and monitor lizard are also seen. Variety of butterflies (like common

grass yellow/ common jezebel) and insects (such as beetles, spiders, red ants, and flies)

are spotted in abundance in the study zone. The detail lists are presented in Table – 3.37.



84

Table – 3.37 : Different Varieties of Animals, Insects and Birds in buffer zone

S.N. Scientific Name Schedule Local Name English Name Order Insectivora

1. Suncus murinus Chhachhundar Musk-Shrew Order Chiroptera

2. Cynopterus sphinx V (3) Chamgadar Short nosed fruit bat Order Carnivora

3. Hyaena III (12) Lakarbagha Striped hyaena 4. Herpestes edwardsi IV (6-A) Newla Common Mongoose

Order Rodentia

5. Funambulus Pennanti Gilhari Common five Stripped Squirrel

6. Golund ellioti V (6) Chuha The Indian bush rat Order Ungulata

7. Sus Scrofa III (19) Suar Indian wild Boar Birds

1. Phalcrocoraxnizar Pan Caua Little Cormorant 2. Ardea cinerea Anjan Gray Hero

3. Ardeola grayii Andha Bagla Paddy Bird/ Pond Hero

4. Bubulcus obis IV (22) Gai Bagla Cattle egret 5. Anas Clypeata Panao tilari Shoveller 6. Netta rufina Loshir Redcrested pochard 7. Arthya nyrola Kurchiya White eyed Kurchiya 8. Elanus caeruleus Kapasi Black winged kite 9. Milvus migrans Chil Common pariah kite

10. Aquilla refax Okab Towny eagle 11. Gyps bengalensis IV (75) Gidh Bengal Vulture 12. Francolinus pondicerianus IV (51) Safed Titar Gray partridge

13. Cotuenix coturnix IV (51)

Bater Common or gray quail

14. Francolinus Pictus IV (51) Kala Titar Painted Partridge

15. Galloperdix spondica Chhoti jangli murgi Red spur fowl

16. Gallus gallus Jangli murgi Red jungle fowl Contd…..



85

17. Grus grus IV (16) Bagla saras Common crane

18. Hydrophasianus chirurgus V (36)

Pihua Pheasant tailed Jacana

19. Metopidius indicus

Pipi Bronze winged Tacona

20. Rostratula bengalensis Ohadri Painted Snipe 21. Himantopus himantopus Gazpine Black winged stilts

22. Treron phoenicoptera IV (54) Harial Common green pigeon

23. Columba livia IV (54) Kabutar Blue rock pigeon

24. Psittacula Krameri IV (50) Tota Rose ringed parakeet

25. Cuculus varius IV (17) Papiha Cuckoo, Brain fever bira

26. Eudynamys scolopceae Koel Koel

27. Clamator jacobinus IV (17) Papiha

chatak Pied crested Cuckoo

28. Bubo bubo IV (48) Uloo Owl

29. Alcedo atthis IV (37)

Chotta KilkilaSmall blue kingfisher or Common kingfisher

30. Haleyan Pileata IV (37) Korila Black capped kingfisher

31. Merops Philipinus Bada Patringa Blue tailed bee eater

32. Coracias bengalensis IV (59) Nilkanth Indian roller Blue jay

33. Dinopim bengalense IV (79)

Kathfora Golden backed woodpecker

34. Pitta brachura IV (55-A) Navrang Indian Pitta 35. Oriolus oriolus IV (47) Pilak Golden Oriole

36. Dicrurus adsimilis IV (20) Bhujang King crow; Black Drongo

37. Dicrurus Caerulescens IV (20) Pahari Bhujang White bellied drango

38. Sturnus Malabaricus Pawai Grayheaded myna 39. Aerodotheres tristis IV (45) Maina Common Maina

40. Pericrocotus Cinnamomaus

IV (8) Bulal Small minivet

41. Coracina novachollandiae Karaiya Large Cuckoo

42. Pycnonotus jocosus IV (8) Pahari Bulbul

Red whisked Bulbul

43. Pycnonotus cafer IV (8) Bulbul Red vented Bulbul



86

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.8.1 Industrialisation

The core zone of the sand mining leases lies in the Purulia district of West Bengal. The

buffer zone is extended in three major districts namely Bokaro and Dhanbad of Jharkhand

State and Purulia District of West Bengal State. Purulia district of West Bengal (core zone)

is endowed with rich mineral deposit such as Coal. Along with mining and mineral based

industries a few prominent industries are also present in the area. Paradoxical, though, it

may sound that this industrially backward district is endowed with mineral resources of a

wide range of varieties. According to the findings of GSI there are ten types of mineral

deposits in this district. The main ones being Coal, Limestone, Rock Phosphate, China

Clay, Quartz etc.

The Purulia district sustained two big Collieries. One is at Ranipur and the other is at

Parbelia (ECL). Other Coal mines are Deoli and Bhamuria. Other important minerals so far

explored and reported are Apatite or Rock Phosphate of Beldi, Panrkidi etc, Limestone of

Jhalda, Basemetal of Tamakhun, China clay of Mahatomara, Fire clay of Malti, Quartz of

mirmi, Siliminate of Paharpur, Decorative Stone of Bero, Dhunia etc. In the recent past a

number of sponge iron plants, coke plants, steel making arc furnaces, rolling mills, re-rolling

mills, carbon chemicals plants have come up.

The Bokaro and Dhanbad adjacent Districts are highly industrial but the core zone is lying

in rural area. The Jharia Coalfield lies mainly in Dhanbad and the East Bokaro Coalfields

lies mainly in Bokaro District. There is Bokaro Steel Plant (BSP), a unit of Steel Authority of

India Ltd, Electrosteel Steels Ltd and some allied industries, power plants (Bokaro Thermal,

Chandrapura Thermal Power Stations) and coal washeries in the Bokaro District. But the

main occupation of the people of buffer zone is service in mining industry and cultivation.

Industrial scenario in the both district of Jharkhand (Bokaro and Dhanbad) are growing and

absorbing large number of people due to increase in coal mining activities.

3.8.2 Communication

Roads

The Proposed site under the Purulia district is lying very close to the Jharia-Chandankiyari

road. The core zone has to be approached through village road. The district is well served

by a network of good roads, besides the National Highways. All the block head quarters of

the district are connected with district HQ by metalled roads.



87

Railways

The nearest rail connection is the Bhowrah Railway station about 5km away from the core

zone.

Airways

No landing strip at Purulia is available, the nearest landing facility is available at Ranchi, the

capital of Jharkhand state, which is approx 140 Kms away from the proposed site. However

there is a private air-strip about a 5 km north west of the area.

Riverways

River Damodar passes west to east and is near the core zone site. This is a perennial river

and Panchet dam reservoir and Durgapur barrage lies in the downstream. The core zone is

the Gowai River bed, a tributary of Damodar.

3.8.3 Trade and Commerce

Purulia District of West Bengal is having some mining leases and industries as mentioned

in section 3.81. Cultivation of this district is also predominantly mono-cropped. About 60 %

of the total cultivated land is upland. Out of the total agricultural holding about 73 % belongs

to small and marginal farmers having scattered and fragmented smallholding. Paddy is the

primary crop of the district. 50% of the total land is under net-cropped area and only 17% of

the net cropped area is under multi crop cultivation. 77% of the net-cropped area is under

Aman paddy cultivation. The crops are grown mostly under rainfed condition, generally with

low fertilizer consumption per unit area Thus per hectare production is also low as

compared to other districts of West Bengal.

The main commodity imported in the district consists of Potato, Onion, green vegetables

etc. within the district. Part of Bokaro & Purulia district which is nearer to the Damodar has

good agricultural activity mainly rice and other seasonal vegetables.

The districts of Dhanbad and Bokaro are also highly industrial as mentioned in section 3.81

and are mainly important for coal and steel plant. Next to these, in recent past several small

scale plants of iron and steel have come up. The cultivation of these districts is

predominantly mono-cropped paddy land.



88

3.8.4 Electricity and Power

The district of Purulia receives electricity from the Purulia Pumped Storage Project and

Santhaldih Thermal Power Station of West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company

Ltd (WBSEDCL).

The districts of Dhanbad and Bokaro receives most of its power supply through the

Jharkhand State Electricity Board. In the rural areas however the Government is paying

adequate attention to the provision of power to the maximum number of villages under its

rural electrification scheme. The industrial belts of Coal mines and Steel Plant are the bulk

consumers of electricity. There are several unit of power generation like Maithon, Panchet,

Tenughat Dams of Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC) for hydro-electric generation. Power

plants like Bokaro Thermal Power Station, Chandrapura Thermal Power Station, Jamadoba

(Tata Steel) also adds to the electricity generation in these districts. The industrial belts of

Coal mines and Steel Plant are the bulk consumers of electricity.

3.8.5 Socio -Economic Profile around the Lease Hold Area

The lease hold is a river bed therefore the study of socio-economic profile does not arise

here. However a study has been conducted in the nearby villages and the blocks. The basic

data pertaining to population of SC, ST, education facilities, literacy, basic amenities and

main workers, marginal workers, non-workers by sex etc., has been collected from the

census book, updated up to 2011 by taking population growth rate for all the villages and

the urban area. Field survey has also been carried out on different aspects of socio-

economic dimensions/ indicators to know the people’s perception on the proposed sand

mining operations and to determine the quality of life of the people living in the area. The

blocks encompassing the core zone are the Raghunathpur Block of Purulia; Jharia, Sindri

Block of Dhanbad and Chandankiyari block and Bhojudih Blocks of Bokaro District.

The category-wise census details are shown in Table-3.38 and Table -3.39. The basic data

pertaining to population of SC, ST, education facilities, literacy, basic amenities and main

workers, marginal workers, non-workers by sex etc of the buffer zone covering three

districts are provided in Table 3.39.



89

Table 3.38 Population of nearby villages, townships

Town / Village

Name No of

Households Persons Males Females Town / Village

Name No of

Households Persons Males Females

Raghunathpur (Purulia) Para (Purulia) Alladih 180 1,312 670 642 Asurbandh 462 2,917 1,507 1,410 Chatarmahul 295 1,815 933 882 Amchatar 247 1,504 765 739 Dandua 215 1,260 629 631 Dalahitanr 18 129 64 65 Santaldih 139 909 502 407 Fatepur 132 873 458 415 Manipur 53 329 161 168 Fatepur 112 803 413 390 Pabra 303 1,822 963 859 Kharikabad 25 146 79 67 Kargali 473 2,868 1,440 1,428 Bahara 289 2,092 1,093 999 Cheyama 1,097 6,353 3,266 3,087 Donrda 300 1,744 907 837 Hadla 141 985 527 458 Bhandar Kuli 202 1,282 685 597 Nabagram 36 178 87 91 Parasiri 260 1,630 823 807 Usir 330 2,090 1,047 1,043 Manipur 37 194 106 88 Uka 184 1,140 595 545 Madhabpur 112 645 357 288 Bhabanipur 113 736 384 352 Tetalda 307 1,737 895 842 Simulhir 118 689 344 345 Kantabani 76 445 214 231 Kumardih 83 480 248 232 Patpur 186 1,306 669 637 Ichhar 947 5,945 3,069 2,876 Parbahal 180 1,276 667 609 Joradih 198 1,151 585 566 Dayaramdi 97 566 286 280 Ratanpur 73 472 238 234 Reshyagara 7 64 39 25 Chakbad (P) 131 819 410 409 Udaypur 95 586 300 286 Belkura 196 1,270 645 625 Turradi 172 970 514 456

Chandankiyari (Bokaro) Tentulhiti 463 2,869 1,468 1,401 Amdiha 200 1,309 663 646 Haraktor 194 1,193 604 589 Laghla 569 3,602 1,846 1,756 Bamandiha 16 109 60 49 Narkarai 125 808 443 365 Pirma 86 517 282 235 Chhatatanr 254 1,539 778 761 Malanchadi 219 1,284 653 631 Damodarpur 48 301 163 138 Ketlapur 217 1,359 688 671 Marra 385 2,132 1,109 1,023 Kanki (P) 942 5,908 3,136 2,772 Rangametya 152 881 458 423 Shyampur (P) 109 758 377 381

Banshgari 155 1,047 584 463 Nawadih (Dhanbad) Babuigor 28 143 80 63 Fatehpur 179 1,164 595 569

Galgaltanr 111 708 359 349 Baliyapur (Dhanbad) Machatanr 161 887 443 444 Asanbani 26 200 104 96 Palkiri 418 2,603 1,390 1,213 Suranga 795 4,089 2,208 1,881 Simulia 349 2,353 1,196 1,157 Tasra 120 728 398 330 Bogla 280 1,619 829 790 Kalipur 130 772 393 379 Mahal 1,389 8,321 4,376 3,945 Gharbar 293 1,890 967 923 Kendulia 80 538 280 258 Barisal 92 555 267 288 Gorigram 239 1,632 834 798 Suwaria 101 622 334 288 Banshara 100 863 452 411 Sitalpur 188 1,173 605 568 Naradi 51 378 180 198 Hariaria 64 314 162 152 Shibbabudi 220 1,425 737 688 Baghmara 1,174 6,642 3,427 3,215 Bhusk 126 741 389 352 Baradaha 275 1,619 830 789 Nekura 70 414 217 197 Raghunathpur 230 1,430 716 714

Gurri 158 985 528 457 Lututanr 59 384 205 179

Jharna 69 452 222 230 Total 20330 124792 64619 60173



90

Table 3.39 Basic data pertaining to population of SC, ST, education facilities, literacy, basic amenities and main workers, marginal workers, non-workers by sex etc of Dhanbad, Bokaro and Purulia District

Level DHANBAD BOKARO PURULIA

TRU Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban No of Households 507064 211024 296040 394918 206148 188770 567824 495836 71988

Total Population Person 2684487 1124093 1560394 2062330 1078686 983644 2930115 2556801 373314

Total Population Male 1405956 581956 824000 1072807 554954 517853 1496996 1304208 192788

Total Population Female 1278531 542137 736394 989523 523732 465791 1433119 1252593 180526

Population in the age group 0-6 Person 373394 171670 201724 293786 169694 124092 410227 365161 45066

Population in the age group 0-6 Male 194879 88786 106093 152803 87270 65533 210003 186695 23308

Population in the age group 0-6 Female 178515 82884 95631 140983 82424 58559 200224 178466 21758

Scheduled Castes population Person 437309 163090 274219 299227 175690 123537 567767 490517 77250

Scheduled Castes population Male 226362 83786 142576 154297 90291 64006 290789 251410 39379

Scheduled Castes population Female 210947 79304 131643 144930 85399 59531 276978 239107 37871

Scheduled Tribes population Person 233119 198079 35040 255626 182223 73403 540652 531822 8830

Scheduled Tribes population Male 117256 99381 17875 129233 92118 37115 271803 267382 4421

Scheduled Tribes population Female 115863 98698 17165 126393 90105 36288 268849 264440 4409

Literates Population Person 1722204 649255 1072949 1273520 577178 696342 1624905 1374860 250045

Literates Population Male 1014950 397144 617806 759088 357363 401725 1002058 858620 143438

Literates Population Female 707254 252111 455143 514432 219815 294617 622847 516240 106607

Illiterate Persons 962283 474838 487445 788810 501508 287302 1305210 1181941 123269

Illiterate Male 391006 184812 206194 313719 197591 116128 494938 445588 49350

Illiterate Female 571277 290026 281251 475091 303917 171174 810272 736353 73919

Total Worker Population Person 844504 411215 433289 685368 412813 272555 1249642 1130379 119263

Total Worker Population Male 658851 285329 373522 507677 276739 230938 801254 704679 96575

Total Worker Population Female 185653 125886 59767 177691 136074 41617 448388 425700 22688

Main Working Population Person 546714 195201 351513 380304 166113 214191 613398 518101 95297

Main Working Population Male 476848 164346 312502 327840 138551 189289 493232 412155 81077

Main Working Population Female 69866 30855 39011 52464 27562 24902 120166 105946 14220

Main Cultivator Population Person 32963 30077 2886 50940 47613 3327 166814 164719 2095

Main Cultivator Population Male 25780 23368 2412 40804 38044 2760 145180 143305 1875

Main Cultivator Population Female 7183 6709 474 10136 9569 567 21634 21414 220 Main Agricultural Labourers Population Person 25466 20720 4746 23861 21523 2338 128475 126699 1776 Main Agricultural Labourers Population Male 19163 15144 4019 18013 16039 1974 88883 87418 1465 Main Agricultural Labourers Population Female 6303 5576 727 5848 5484 364 39592 39281 311 Main Household Industries Population Person 14488 6073 8415 10564 4973 5591 45114 40177 4937 Main Household Industries Population Male 10748 3964 6784 7646 3261 4385 25457 22618 2839 Main Household Industries Population Female 3740 2109 1631 2918 1712 1206 19657 17559 2098

Main Other Workers Population Person 473797 138331 335466 294939 92004 202935 272995 186506 86489

Main Other Workers Population Male 421157 121870 299287 261377 81207 180170 233712 158814 74898

Main Other Workers Population Female 52640 16461 36179 33562 10797 22765 39283 27692 11591

Marginal Worker Population Person 297790 216014 81776 305064 246700 58364 636244 612278 23966

Marginal Worker Population Male 182003 120983 61020 179837 138188 41649 308022 292524 15498

Marginal Worker Population Female 115787 95031 20756 125227 108512 16715 328222 319754 8468

Marginal Cultivator Population Person 64155 59858 4297 86581 80181 6400 101986 101085 901

Marginal Cultivator Population Male 27545 25560 1985 42525 39216 3309 58355 57821 534

Marginal Cultivator Population Female 36610 34298 2312 44056 40965 3091 43631 43264 367 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population Person 78022 73039 4983 102545 96152 6393 363730 360825 2905 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population Male 36516 33416 3100 50105 46709 3396 150855 149211 1644



91

Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population Female 41506 39623 1883 52440 49443 2997 212875 211614 1261 Marginal Household Industries Population Person 11401 7483 3918 11107 8625 2482 42446 40801 1645 Marginal Household Industries Population Male 5619 3400 2219 4611 3344 1267 13586 12951 635 Marginal Household Industries Population Female 5782 4083 1699 6496 5281 1215 28860 27850 1010 Marginal Other Workers Population Person 144212 75634 68578 104831 61742 43089 128082 109567 18515

Marginal Other Workers Population Male 112323 58607 53716 82596 48919 33677 85226 72541 12685 Marginal Other Workers Population Female 31889 17027 14862 22235 12823 9412 42856 37026 5830

Marginal Worker Population 3_6 Person 233276 165373 67903 230209 183007 47202 472823 453412 19411

Marginal Worker Population 3_6 Male 152953 101193 51760 147505 112073 35432 237078 224319 12759

Marginal Worker Population 3_6 Female 80323 64180 16143 82704 70934 11770 235745 229093 6652 Marginal Cultivator Population 3_6 Person 45699 42903 2796 60902 56257 4645 74302 73561 741

Marginal Cultivator Population 3_6 Male 21933 20419 1514 33808 30948 2860 44848 44393 455 Marginal Cultivator Population 3_6 Female 23766 22484 1282 27094 25309 1785 29454 29168 286 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population 3_6 Person 58160 54457 3703 75162 70760 4402 268882 267045 1837 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population 3_6 Male 30511 27938 2573 40618 37787 2831 114877 113720 1157 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population 3_6 Female 27649 26519 1130 34544 32973 1571 154005 153325 680 Marginal Household Industries Population 3_6 Person 8963 5881 3082 8544 6596 1948 31742 30424 1318 Marginal Household Industries Population 3_6 Male 4665 2821 1844 3758 2705 1053 10515 9992 523 Marginal Household Industries Population 3-6 Female 4298 3060 1238 4786 3891 895 21227 20432 795 Marginal Other Workers Population Person 3_6 Person 120454 62132 58322 85601 49394 36207 97897 82382 15515 Marginal Other Workers Population Person 3_6 Male 95844 50015 45829 69321 40633 28688 66838 56214 10624 Marginal Other Workers Population Person 3_6 Female 24610 12117 12493 16280 8761 7519 31059 26168 4891

Marginal Worker Population 0_3 Person 64514 50641 13873 74855 63693 11162 163421 158866 4555

Marginal Worker Population 0_3 Male 29050 19790 9260 32332 26115 6217 70944 68205 2739

Marginal Worker Population 0_3_Female 35464 30851 4613 42523 37578 4945 92477 90661 1816 Marginal Cultivator Population 0_3 Person 18456 16955 1501 25679 23924 1755 27684 27524 160

Marginal Cultivator Population 0_3 Male 5612 5141 471 8717 8268 449 13507 13428 79 Marginal Cultivator Population 0_3_Female 12844 11814 1030 16962 15656 1306 14177 14096 81 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population 0_3 Person 19862 18582 1280 27383 25392 1991 94848 93780 1068 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population 0_3 Male 6005 5478 527 9487 8922 565 35978 35491 487 Marginal Agriculture Labourers Population 0_3 Female 13857 13104 753 17896 16470 1426 58870 58289 581 Marginal Household Industries Population 0_3 Person 2438 1602 836 2563 2029 534 10704 10377 327 Marginal Household Industries Population 0_3 Male 954 579 375 853 639 214 3071 2959 112 Marginal Household Industries Population 0_3 Female 1484 1023 461 1710 1390 320 7633 7418 215 Marginal Other Workers Population 0_3 Person 23758 13502 10256 19230 12348 6882 30185 27185 3000 Marginal Other Workers Population 0_3 Male 16479 8592 7887 13275 8286 4989 18388 16327 2061 Marginal Other Workers Population 0_3 Female 7279 4910 2369 5955 4062 1893 11797 10858 939

Non Working Population Person 1839983 712878 1127105 1376962 665873 711089 1680473 1426422 254051

Non Working Population Male 747105 296627 450478 565130 278215 286915 695742 599529 96213

Non Working Population Female 1092878 416251 676627 811832 387658 424174 984731 826893 157838

10Kms

PROJECT

M/s TATA STEEL

Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project, Purulia, W.B

TITLE:Map of core & buffer zone, Env monitoring stations

PREPARED BY:



TOPOSHEET NO: 73 I/6, I/10

Predominant Wind Direction

Air Quality Monitoring Station

Noise Level Monitoring Station

Ground & Surface Water Sample Location

Soil Sample Location

A1

N1

GW1SW1

S1

Mine Lease Area

Roads

Rivers & Streams

Jungle

Water / embankments

Settlements

Sand Beds

Trees

N

10Kms

10Kms10Kms

10Kms

Environmental Monitoring Stations

Figure 3.5 Environmental Monitoring Stations42


10Kms

PROJECT

M/s TATA STEEL

Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project, Purulia, W.B

TITLE:Hydrological Features Map of Core & Buffer Zone

PREPARED BY:



TOPOSHEET NO: 73 I/6, I/10N

10Kms

10Kms10Kms

10Kms

Mine Lease Area

Rivers & Streams

Water / embankments

Figure 3.7 Hydrological Features

64

Damodar RiverIzri River

Gowai Rive

r

Sand Lease



Chapter – 4 – Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures


92

CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental impacts of the existing and proposed mining activity within the mine

lease area can be defined as any alteration of environmental conditions, adverse or

beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of proposed actions under

consideration.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a useful predictive exercise tool required for

assessing the environmental capacity of the project under consideration. Canter (1977)

defines EIA as “An attempt to evaluate the consequence of a proposed action on each

of descriptor in the environmental inventory. Environmental inventory is a complete

description of the environment as it exists in an area where a particular proposed action

is being considered.” Identification of major impact of the environment forms the

guideline to prepare the necessary plan for environmental management. Directives are

identified with respect to the manner of handling the impacts in terms of environmental

protection, conservation and preservation. On the basis of directives, different

components of the environmental management plan have been evolved and

implemented.

4.1.1 Access Roads

Plying of heavy vehicles from public road to river sand collection points needs access

roads. Majority of such access roads are following the same alignment of existing

roads/tracks being used by pedestrians/cart owners. Movement of heavy vehicles

sometimes cause problems to cattle post, agriculture land, human habitations due to

dust, noise and movement of public, and also causes traffic hazards. These

environmental problems are felt more as the background is rural in nature.

4.1.2 Sand Mining Activity Harvesting of river sand and other associated activities may cause a few environmental degradations and the most serious ones anticipated are detailed hereunder –

a) Damage of river bank due to access ramps to river bed, causing eyesore, damage to the vegetation, soil erosion, micro disturbance to ground water, possible inducement of changed river course.




93

b) Loss of riverain vegetation standing along the bank due to making roads connecting successive access ramps to river bed.

c) Contamination of sand aquifer water due to ponding. Due to uneven rocky bed of the river, sand bed thicknesses vary considerably and harvesters are tempted to dig more sand from a pocket where thickness of sand is more and they cause ponding. In this stagnant water biodegradable materials especially flora waste gets accumulated causing contamination and inducing conducive environment for mosquito breeding.

d) Potential of falling of cattle/children into sand pit in river bed. e) Riverbank collapses due to close proximity of sand extraction. f) Destruction of river bank hinterland and flora due to extraction of sand by

approaching from riverbed. g) Evaporation of sand bed water for exposing the same to dry atmosphere. h) Cattle watering practice get disturbed due to mining and quality/quantity of such

water goes down. i) Surface degradation due to stockpiling and road network. j) Combination of all these activities results in offensive look. k) Wildlife is also partially affected by such sand harvesting as they are directly/

indirectly dependant on river.

However an assessment of baseline data is the prerequisite for impact evaluation.

Thus, baseline data is collected for this sand mining area and presented in Chapter 3.

The Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out from the data collected are

described in this chapter.

4.1.3 Impact of Sand Mining on Discharge Rate of the Rivers

Lifting of sand from the river bed is like cleaning the river bed to increase the water

carrying capacity of the river. Therefore mining of sand has a positive impact on the

discharge of river. Although the mining activity will be restricted to above the water table

only but this too has a positive impact on the river bed. The impacts due to sand mining

on the river bed will be as follows:-

a) Increase the water carrying capacity of the river.

b) Decrease the meandering effect of the river.

c) Reduction of bank erosion caused due to meandering.

d) Reduction of flood in the region.

e) There will be increase in aquatic life if there is an increase in carrying capacity of

the river.




94

4.2 AIR POLLUTION MODELLING

Air pollution modelling has been carried out for the said area utilising the meteorological

parameters, various mining activities and their respective emission rate, pre mining air

quality and validated model for Indian conditions i.e. Fugitive Dust Model (FDM). The

aim of the modelling is to quantify the emission of air pollutants due to sand mining

activities and to predict the extent of pollutant dispersion to the surrounding area and

thereby design of a greenbelt plan by analysing different models for effective

implementation and control of air pollution.

Methodology: Detail methodology adopted for the study has been presented in Fig.

4.1. Various relevant meteorological data representing one complete year has been

collected from the nearest meteorological station as discussed in Chapter 3. From

these data wind rose diagram has been prepared and calm period (wind speed < 1.3

km/hr) has been determined. Stability class of the atmosphere has been computed

using Turner’s scheme. Baseline air quality data has been generated in and around the

mining area as discussed in Chapter 3.

Various mining operations generate different rate of emissions and determination of

emission factor for each activity is an important aspect and one of the main input

parameters for modelling and prediction of air pollution. Various activities that are

contributing air pollution have been considered for calculation of emission rate as

shown in Fig. 4.2 as per the mine plan. Emission rate for these activities have been

estimated as per the standard software developed under the study report of ISM/

Central Institute of Mining and Fuel Research Institute (CIMFR), Dhanbad at various

opencast mines in India sponsored by Ministry of Environment & Forests, Government

of India, New Delhi. Field study has also been made for activity-wise emission inventory

to validate the model developed and also to utilise the data as a main input to the

modelling exercise.

During field study on air quality it has been noticed that major air pollutants generated

by the sand mine is PM and effect of other air pollutants are not significant. Therefore,

for present study only PM10 has been considered for modelling and prediction. Utilising

the meteorological parameters, modelling has been carried out for prediction of SPM

(PM10) concentration at selected receptor locations in and around the mine utilising

Fugitive Dust Model (FDM). From these predicted value at different receptor locations

an isopleths map of PM10 concentration (due to mining activities only) has been

prepared by extrapolation (Kriging Method). Then the background concentration of




95

PM10 has been added with the predicted value at respective receptor location to get the

total PM10 concentration in and around the mine.

Emission rate: Emission rates for different proposed mining activities during first five

years of operation have been calculated as given in Table 4.1. It could be noticed form

the table that major sources of PM10 emission are transportation. Emission rate for

point, line and area sources are given in g/s, g/s/m and g/s/m2, respectively.

Fugitive Dust Model: As described earlier, Fugitive Dust Model (FDM) has been

applied to predict the ground level PM10 concentration in and around the mine during

the five years of operation. FDM is a computerised Gaussian Plume air quality model,

specifically developed by United State Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) for

estimation of concentrations and deposition impacts from fugitive dust sources. The

sources may be point, line or area sources. The model can process up to 1200

receptors and up to 121 sources. FDM employs an advanced gradient transfer particle

deposition algorithm (Horst, 1997; Hanna et.al 1982). This model has been validated for

Indian mining conditions. When compared with other available USEPA models FDM

provides the better accuracy than other models. Therefore in present study FDM is

used.

Table 4.1: SPM Emission Rate for Different Mining Activities Sl. No.

Activities Unit Fugitive Emission based on formula developed by CMRI, Sponsored by MOEF, Govt. of India, New Delhi

Coal Sand 1. Waste loading g/s 0.2184 Not Applicable for Sand Mining 2. Mineral loading g/s 0.3417 Applicable (0.005 for sand) 3. Haul road g/s/m 0.2317 Not Applicable for Sand Mining 4. Transport road g/s/m 0.0070 Applicable 5. Waste unloading g/s 0.0072 Not Applicable for Sand Mining 6. Mineral unloading g/s 0.4036 Applicable (0.005 for sand) 7. Exposed waste dump g/s/m2 0.0000257 Not Applicable for Sand Mining 8. Stock yard g/s/m2 0.000282 Not Applicable for Sand Mining 9. Workshop g/s/m2 0.00007575 Not Applicable for Sand Mining

10. Exposed pit face g/s/m2 0.0000118 Not Applicable for Sand Mining 11. Overall Mine g/s/m2 4.5434 Applicable


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter – 4 – Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures


96

Laboratory Analysis & Estimation

Generation / Collection of Data

Baseline Air Quality Meteorological Data Mining Details

PM10 SO2 Hourly Data

Stability Class

Wind rose Diagram

NOX Identification of Mining Activities

Estimation of Activity wise Emission Rate

Modelling for PM10 Concentration by FDM /ISC Aermod Software

Isopleths of PM10 Concentration Due to Sand Mining Only

Prediction for PM10 Concentration Due to Sand Mining Only

Prediction Total PM10 Concentration in the Area Fig. 4.1 : Methodology Adopted for Air Pollution Modelling




97

Various Activities of Mines

Activity Parameters Units

Drilling

OB Loading/Unloading

Ore Loading

Haul Road/Transport Road

Exposed OB/Ore/Slack yard

Overall Mine

Moisture Content Silt Content Wind Speed Frequency of Activity

g/s

g/s

g/s/m2

g/s/m

g/s

g/s

Activity wise Emission

Activity wise Emission Formula

Fig. 4.2 : Various Activities of Opencast Mine




98

Figure. 4.3 : Various Parameters Considered for Emission Calculations.




99

ISC-AERMOD VIEW

ISC-AERMOD VIEW is a complete and powerful air dispersion-modelling package, which

incorporates the popular USEPA Models, ISCST3, ISC-PRIME and AERMOD in one interface

without any modifications to the models. These models are also used extensively to assess

pollution concentration and deposition from various sources. The ISC-AERMOD model with

the following options has been employed to predict the cumulative ground level concentration

due to emissions from the proposed activity.

Areas being rural, rural dispersion parameters are considered. Predictions have been carried

out to estimate concentration values over radial distance of 10kms around the project area.

Uniform polar receptor network has been considered. Emission rates from the sources were

considered as constant during the entire period. The ground level concentrations computed

without any consideration of decay coefficient. The calm winds recorded during the study

period were also taken into consideration. 24-hourly mean ground level concentrations were

estimated using the entire meteorological data collected during the study period.

Vehicular Emission

The total amount of vehicular emission is calculated from following formulas:

For industrial roads –

c

da

M

Ss

kE)

5.0(

)30

()12

(= (1)

and for publically accessible roads –

ba WskE )

3()

12(= (2)

Where, k, a, b, c and d are empirical constants W is the vehicle weight (tons) S is average vehicle speed (m/s) s is surface material silt content (%) M denotes surface material moisture content (%) E is the size-specific emission factor

As the length of the publically accessible paved road is much greater than that of industrial road for this study area, the road network is considered and assumed to be publically accessible paved road, hence equation 2 is considered for emission calculation. The values of empirical constants are obtained from Air Pollution Emission Inventory Compilation (AP-42) as per United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). The




100

calculation was done by considering the silt content of the transporting material to be 5% and the weight of the vehicle is 16 ton. Emission due to Loading and Unloading of Materials

4.1

3.1

)0.2(

)2.2(

M

UE α= (3)

where,

α is an empirical constant, obtained from AP-42 and M is the moisture content of the material, which is found to be about 5%.

All the vehicular emission sources and the sources of emission due to loading and unloading are discretely specified in the software package AERMOD to model the combined effect of the entire process. Control Measures The fugitive dust emission from the roads and the loading/unloading sites can be controlled very economically by spraying/sprinkling water at the source of emission. Small water droplets are absorbed by the airborne particles and get heavier and become more prone to get deposited. As water is readily available from the mines and it causes no environmental pollution, it can serve as an appropriate medium for spraying.

]8.0

[100ke

prteff −=

where, eff is efficiency of the water spraying process p is the average daytime evaporation rate r is average daily traffic t is the average time between spray applications ke is intensity of the applications in (litre/m2)

Besides the spraying of water with an active effort, the natural process of rain can also be used to fulfill the same requirement during rainy season. Following is the formula by which the efficiency of rain to suppress the pollutants is calculated.

][1m

nmeff

−−=

where, eff denotes the efficiency of rain to remove pollutants. m is the total days in a year.

n is the number of rainy days in a year with minimum 0.01 inch (0.254 mm) rainfall per day.




101

Reverse Emission Rate Calculation for Monitoring Sites For each receptor (sampling point) [Ak], Combined Emission from Loading / Unloading is converted to Emission from an equivalent line source. Ground level concentration for a receptor point is given by –

[ in µg/m3]

Therefore, the emission rate can be calculated as follows:

2

2 ambzuCQ

σπ=

[in µg/m-s] Where, Q = Emission rate of the line source which contributes in the concentration of each point [Ak] σz = Dispersion coefficient of the pollutants in z direction (Brookheaven Sigma) u = Average wind speed Brookhaven Sigma in z direction is calculated as follows:

( )pz xb=σ

Where, b and p are the empirical constants and x is the downwind distance of receptor from the source The value of b and p depends on stability class and listed as follows:

Stability Class b P

A 0.41 0.91

B 0.33 0.86

C 0.33 0.86

D 0.22 0.78

E 0.06 0.71

F 0.06 0.71

Emission Rate is then converted into area source with unit area of road. Therefore, Emission Rate from the road (as area source) is calculated.

ERamb = Q/W [µg/m2-s] Where,

W = Width of the road This ERamb is treated as the Emission Rate of receptor [Ak]

u

QC

z

amb σπ2

2=




102

In AERMOD, an area (AT) is considered for converting the line sources (roads) and area sources (loading and unloading sites) into equivalent combined area source.

∑= RiR QQ and ∑= LjL QQ

Where, QR = Total Emission Rate from the road in g/s QL = Total Emission Rate for Loading and Unloading in g/s i = No. of Roads j = No. of loading and unloading sites

Therefore, The total emission from AT is –

Qpr = QR + QL Emission from unit area of AT is –

ERpr = Qpr / AT [g/s-m2] This Emission Rate (ERpr) is fed into AERMOD for the calculation of Concentration (Cpr) for each receptor [Ak]. For each Receptor [Ak] (k = 1, 2, 3, …….. no. of receptors) following is done:

Predicted emission Rate ERpr is calculated. Total Emission Rate is calculated.

ERT = ERpr + ERamb

Each receptor [Ak] is converted to area source.

Isopleth is then generated with AERMOD.

Table 4.2 Area Source Emission- Production

Sl Parameters Value

1 Quantity, TPA 2,00,000

2 Operation hours per year 30 days/month X 8 months X 12 Hrs/day= 2880 Hrs

3 Activity Rate, T/h 69.44

4 Emission of Dust, g/t 0.421

5 Emission of Dust, gm/hr 71.121

6 Area of Influence, m2 25

7 Uncontrolled Emission rate, g/s/m2 0.000701

8 Controlled Emission Rate, g/s/m2 0.00010122




103

Table 4.3 Transport Source Emission

Sl Parameters Value

1 Quantity, TPA 2,00,000 (Peak)

2 Operation hours per year 30 days/month X 8 months X 12 Hrs/day= 2880 Hrs

3 Capacity for each Tipper 15T

4 Total No. of Tippers/Year Approx 13,334 trips

5 Lead length/Trip, Km 40 (To & Fro)

6 Total VKT/Year 5,33,360 (Min)

7 Emission Kg/VKT 0.13 (max)

8 Total Emission kg/year 69,336.8 (Max)

9 Uncontrolled emission rate g/s/m 0.98975268

10 Controlled emission rate g/s/m 0.12725243

Predicted air quality: The 24 hours average ground level concentration (GLC) of SPM

(added to the background concentration) exclusively for mining activities. It has been predicted

that PM10 concentration at work zone would be around 90-91 µg/m3 and dispersion of

pollutants would be towards the eastern side as the predominant wind direction in that area is

SE. Therefore, PM10 concentration in the Northern side of the lease boundary is higher than

that of the Southern side, this is because of active coal mining, washeries of Jharia Coalfields.

However, PM concentration gradually reduces after about 30-50m from the roadside. The

predicted scenario at mine lease and surrounding area in shown in Table 4.4.

Table 4.4 Predicted Scenario at Mine Lease and Surrounding Area

Location

PM10

(µg/m3)

Inc

(µg/m3)

without EMP

inc

(µg/m3)

with EMP

PM10

(µg/m3)

without EMP

PM10

(µg/m3)

with EMP

A 1 Mine site 91.42 11.98 1.54 103.4 92.96

A 2 Laghla 89.04 11.98 1.54 101.02 90.58

A 3 Alakhdih 90.63 11.98 1.54 102.61 92.17 A 4 Joradih 88.75 11.98 1.54 100.73 90.29

A 5 SEB Quarter 100.54 11.98 1.54 112.52 102.08

A 6 Kargali 99.21 11.98 1.54 111.19 100.75 A 7 Kumargora 98.25 11.98 1.54 110.23 99.79 A 8 Bhojudih 98.92 11.98 1.54 110.9 100.46 A9 Mahal 92.29 11.98 1.54 104.27 93.83 A10 Sudamdih 101.33 11.98 1.54 113.31 102.87

Average 95.04 11.98 1.54 107.2 96.58




104




105




106




107

Increase in PM10 concentration due to Sand Mining activity around the lease boundary of the

mine would be 11.98 µg/m3 without any measure and 1.54µg/m3 with EMP. The total PM10

concentration (including background concentration) near the public roads, are already around

95.04 µg/m3 (avg) which is slightly below the national permissible limit of 100 µg/m3 for mining

area. But this is the road side concentration of the area. In the nearby residential area the

value is quite less beyond 20-50m of the road. The predicted 24 hourly average ground level

concentration of PM10 is provided in Table 4.4 and Figures. 4.4a, b and c. The areas near the

roads are already polluted due to active coal mining. Therefore, it may be stated that the

places away from the roads will not be affected due to sand mining. Infact, sand filling in coal

mines will reduce the overall impact by reducing the mine fire which contributes a considerable

amount in PM10 of the surrounding.

4.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

To mitigate the adverse impact which will be caused due to sand mining operation of Gowai

river and overall scientific development of local habitat, environmental management plan

(EMP) has been formulated and integrated with the mine planning. Based on the results of

present environmental conditions and environmental impact assessment. The EMP has

therefore been made considering implementation and monitoring of environmental protection

measures during and after mining operations.

The factors, which determine the affect, have already been identified earlier in this Chapter. To

minimize the adverse impact, the company as enumerated below has worked out certain

control measures for implementation:




108

4.3.1 Air Environment

Mining operations generate dust and fumes, as the present winning process will be manual or

semi-mechanised. The major source of pollution will be dust generation due to movement of

trucks.

4.3.1.1 Mining Equipment

There will be no heavy mining equipments, only trucks and small back-hoes are subjected to

timely maintenance schedule in order to reduce the emission level of hydrocarbon and harmful

gases like NOx and CO during transportation. The workers will be provided with nose

mask/filters during sand loading by shovels.

4.3.1.2 Access Roads

There will be minimum numbers of access roads to river bed, as cutting river banks should be

avoided and ramps are to be maintained. Access points to the river bed are to be decided

based on the following-

• Least steepness of river bank,

• Less riverain vegetation and least human activity,

• Where steepness can not be avoided access ramps should be constructed,

• Haulage roads parallel to the river bank and roads connecting access (ramps) to the

river bed shall be away from bank, preferably a minimum of 100m away,

• Access roads from the public roads and up to the river bank should be aligned in such a

way that it would cause least environmental damage,




109

• For particular operations, approaching river bed from both the banks should be

avoided.

• The access road and damage incurred in the river banks due to such roads will be

reclaimed regularly and also after closure.

• The existing public road is sufficient to take care of the incremental load. However the

repairing of road is also intermittently taken up to maintain the health of roads.

Movement of the vehicles on the road will be increased, however, unmetalled road in the sand

mining area will be sprinkled with water at regular intervals. The spraying will be performed

frequently using sufficient quantity of water from nearby coal mines discharge, which would be

just sufficient to wet the road surface.

In addition to prevent spillage by trucks, all trucks would have a free board of 9” on the chassis

and over loading should be controlled along with speed limit. The trucks will be covered by

tarpaulin cover. Access roads would be cleaned and graded at regular intervals.

4.3.1.3 Dumping Area

The sand collected from the river bed will be transported by covered trucks for captive use in

the collieries. In the collieries the sand is dumped into the stowing sand bunker. In the stowing

bunker there is provision of water spraying. Stock piling of harvested sand on the river bank

will be avoided. Therefore the dust emission in this operation is not so significant.




110

4.3.2 Water Pollution

The major source of surface water pollution due to sand mining is insignificant. However there

is siltation load due to surface runoff from the surrounding active coal mining area, pumping of

water, effluent generated in coal beneficiation and processing and due to effluent generated

from workshops. Measures will be undertaken to control the storm water runoff from the

access roads. These are described below.

• Utmost care will be taken to minimise sand spillage,

• Drains and their Catchments will be constructed just beside the access roads so that

the storm water gets settled near the banks, before flowing to the river.

• The washing of trucks in the river will be avoided and this can be done in the colliery

site workshop.

• Plantation along the river banks will be done to arrest the velocity of the storm water, if

land is made available to the company.

4.3.3 Noise Environment

The sources and causes of noise have been discussed in Chapter 3 and its negligible impact

has also been noticed. Sand collection does not require any blasting activity.

However, the following measures have been suggested to minimize the possible adverse

impact of noise in and around the mine due to sand transportation.




111

a) Noise protectors and the reduction of noise from trucks and other equipment will be

achieved by fitting of special silencer and proper lubrication and maintenance.

b) Provision of earplugs to the truck operators.

c) Special care will be taken to produce minimum noise during sand loading and dumping.

d) Provision of green belt will be made by surrounding the lease boundary to arrest

dispersion of noise in buffer zone area.

e) Use of more 15T trucks instead of 10T trucks to reduce the number of truck trips.

f) Minimum use of Horns at the village area.

g) Timely maintenance of vehicles to minimize vibration.

h) Phasing out of old and worn out trucks

4.3.4 LAND AND BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.3.4.1 Land Environment

The sand mining will be restricted in the river bed only and the sand is replenished every year

during the monsoon floods. Therefore there is minimum damage to the land surface. However

the following measures will be adopted to minimise the sand mining impact.

• Minimum numbers of access roads to river bed for which cutting river banks should be

avoided and ramps are to be maintained. Access points to the river bed are to be decided

based on-




112

Least steepness of river bank, less riverain vegetation and least human activity. Where

steepness cannot be avoided access ramps should be constructed.

Haulage roads parallel to the river bank and roads connecting access (ramps) to the

river bed shall be away from bank, preferably a minimum of 100m away.

Access roads from the public roads and up to the river bank should be aligned in such a

way that it would cause least environmental damage.

For particular operations, approaching river bed from both the banks should be

avoided.

• No sand will be collected within 2.5-5.0m from bank, especially from outer bank of the

meandering river. Safe clearance should be mainly determined by the height of the river

bank and thickness of sand to be extracted from the close vicinity of that bank.

• Ponding in the river bed shall not be allowed.


• 1/5 of the width of river to be left for mining operation

• 500 Mtrs. distance to be maintained from bridge

• Minimal damage to the flora standing on the river bank.

• Operations during daylight only.

• No foreign material should be allowed to remain/spill in river bed and catchment area, or

no pits/pockets will be allowed to be filled with such material.

• Stockpiling of harvested sand on the river bank should be avoided.




113

• Digging of river bank within 500m for sand and gravel, and also taking any thing from that

zone for construction of access ramps, should be strictly prohibited.

• At least 0.5m sand bed should be left in-situ while harvesting sand from river bed.

4.3.4.2 Biological Environment

It is imperative to ensure the continued and sustained progress of the mining industry, bio-

rejuvenation of the mining area is necessary and should be integrated into planning, design

and development operation. The scientific and systematic best practices of mining by the

mutual co-operation of industry and the government in a coherent manner are essential for

sustainable development of the industry.

The sand mining will have insignificant affect on the existing flora and fauna. However in order

to establish a stable ecosystem with both ecological and economic returns along with

minimization of soil erosion and dust pollution enhances the beauty of the core and the buffer

zone.

4.3.4.3 Plantation Activities

The basic objectives of Plantations are:

Improvement of soil quality.

Quick vegetative cover to check soil erosion.

Improvement in river bank stability.

Conservation of biological diversity.




114

Provide forage and browse for wild life.

Promote a beneficial post-mining land use.

4.3.4.4 Bio-diversity Preservation

Seeding development of different species and planting them in the side of the core zone will

have a sizable contribution towards bio-diversity preservation. Especially growing of fruit

bearing species, like Jambhul (Syzigium cumini), Awla (Emblica officinalis), Guava (Psidium

guajava) etc. will result in increase of bird count like Red Wattled and Yellow Wattled

Lapwings, Scarlet Minivets, Peacocks, Orioles, Crested Pied Cuckoo etc.

Development of biodiversity with clean water will be expected to increase the extent of

migratory birds like Cranes and other common birds, like Sunbirds, Mynas, Bulbul, Robins,

King-fishes etc.

4.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MEASURES

The impact of Sand Mining area on the socio-economics of the region has been discussed in

Chapter 3. Apart from overall beneficial impact of the project on the region, it is felt necessary

to augment facilities in the fields of education, health and social awareness including concern

for ecology. These are presented in a summarized form in Table 4.5.




115

Table 4.5: Improvement of socio-economics due to Sand Mining activity

Sl. No. Environmental Attributes Nature of Impact

1. Employment Beneficial

2. Service, Trade/Commerce Beneficial

3. Public utility / Literacy / Social awareness Augmentation

4. Health care facilities Augmentation

It is necessary to propagate among the local population regarding the beneficial aspects of the

following measures. The Tata Steel Rural Development Society conducts the following around

the mine areas :

(a) Family planning;

(b) Planting of economically important trees;

(c) Use of clean and boiled water;

(d) Saving from earnings;

(e) Personal hygiene; and

(f) Regular health check-up.

For effective implementation of the above measures, the mine management should contribute

a part of it, but it has to be a regional programmed of the State Government for mass

coverage.




116

Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer-

employee relationship. The main factors of occupational health on miner are fugitive dust and

noise. To avoid any adverse effects on the health of workers due to dust, noise and other

causes following measures have been suggested.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Rotation of workers exposed to noise premises.

Effective dust suppression of hauls roads.

First-aid facilities in mining area (Tata Hospital, dispensaries etc it is already there in

Jharia Division).

Provision of amenities like drinking water, toilets, shelter, etc as per Mine Rules

1955.

In addition to this the company has implemented following facilities for improvement of quality

of the local peoples:

a) Projects like plant nursery development lying of protective measures in and around the

mine (River) may be entrusted to the locals providing both employment and higher

income sources.

b) Landmark contributions may be made by the organization to preserve cultural heritage

of local people by construction of temples, churches, community halls, collages,

schools and other public utility services like crematorium grounds, water supply for

drinking purposes etc.




117

4.4.1 CSR Activities:

Tata Steel Rural Development Society (TSRDS) was established in 1979 to engage in various

social development programmes in the rural areas within which Tata Steel operated its

business, specifically the mines and collieries spread over Jharkhand (until 2000, a part of the

state of Bihar) and Orissa. Both states are located in eastern India.

Prior to the setting up of TSRDS, Tata Steel’s community initiatives were conducted through

its rural and community services division. Subsequently, the company streamlined its

community initiatives along three units: Community Development and Social Welfare, TSRDS,

and Adivasi and Harijan Welfare Cell, now known as the Tribal Cultural Society.

TSRDS covered 32 villages around Jamshedpur (in the state of Jharkhand) in its first year of

operation. As per information given on the official website of Purbi Singhbhum District,

Jharkhand, TSRDS began operation in 1979 with an initial annual budget of Rs 8.5 lakh.

Today, the annual budget has crossed the Rs 4 crore mark, and the programme reaches out

to nearly 650 villages.

TSRDS has its headquarters at Jamshedpur and the units are situated at Jamadoba

(Dhanbad District, Jharkhand), West Bokaro (Hazaribagh District, Jharkhand), Noamundi

(Singhbhum [West] District, Jharkhand), Joda (Keonjhar District, Orissa), Bamnipal (Keonjhar)

and Gopalpur (Ganjam District, Orissa).

Among the stated objectives of TSRDS are: to create a self-sustaining process of integrated

rural development and to network with agencies (government and non-government) for

bringing best available resources and practices to the rural community it works with. The




118

Society is actively involved in the spheres of livelihood generation, health and hygiene, and

people empowerment. In addition, it has identified the advancement of education, sports and

self-reliance as tools to ensure a better quality of life for the people it works with.

TSRDS is also undertaking several projects to improve agricultural productivity and thereby

raise the living standards of poor farmers and their families. As a result of these initiatives,

some direct benefits have been seen, including improved crop yields, increase in household

income, and year-round food security. It is also claimed that almost all the children in these

households now go to school.

Of late, TSRDS has been focusing its efforts on imparting training on skills upgradation for the

youth in the periphery of its operational areas. Initiatives of the steel major have helped

hundreds of them to access sustainable sources of income.

TSRDS has, in collaboration with the Chennai-based Pan IIT Alumni Reach for India, trained

30 local youths in welding. Subsequently, the boys found engagement in BHEL Small and

Medium Industries Association (BHEL SIA) in Tamil Nadu.

TSRDS is also partnering with the Bhubaneswar-based Central Institute of Plastic Engineering

and Technology (CIPET) to impart skills upgradation. Under a pilot project, seven boys from

villages around Sukinda Chromite Mine (SCM) were trained as plastic processing machine

operators by CIPET. After completion of training, Kheria Autocomp Limited, an ISO Certified

company based at Ahmedabad, absorbed all of them. They are being paid a salary of Rs

9,995 per month, besides other benefits.

Partnering with L&T, TSRDS facilitated training of college dropouts and ITI-passed jobless

candidates. They are being trained at Kolkata in carpentry, bar bending, masonry and

electrical trades, among others. After completion of training, the candidates will be absorbed

by listed contractors of L&T.




119

In India, the group’s main facilities are located around the city of Jamshedpur, with current

crude steel production capacity of 6.8 million tonnes a year and a variety of finishing plants.

The Indian operations also include iron ore and coking coal mines.

Besides providing direct and indirect employment to the villagers; TATA STEEL has executed

a number of projects that help the villagers near the sand mining lease area, in irrigation,

education, healthcare, sports, entertainment & cultural activities. Here is a glimpse of such

activities done in recent years and are taken up on regular basis under the following areas:

Livelihood :

i.) Providing lift irrigation facilities

ii.) Regular provisioning of paddy, wheat and potato seeds to the farmers

iii.) Training in scientific farming for improved agricultural yield.

iv.) Provided pump-set for irrigation

v.) Local persons from the area are also involved in the sand wining activity through

service providers.

vi.) Family Planning Training, HealthCare.




120

Potable Water

Deepening of ponds and repairing of tube wells and water wells in the area.

Sports and Education

i.) Regular provisioning of sports materials like carom board, football etc

ii.) Pre-matriculation Coaching, Spoken English Course and Scholarship to SC/ST

candidates

Village infrastructure

i.) Construction of Village infrastructures like Sheds at Local Colleges and Community.

ii.) Construction of Club houses at nearby villages.

iii.) Addition of rooms in Schools as per requirement.

4.5 EMP IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING

Environmental Management Plan serves no purpose if it is not implemented with true spirit.

Some loopholes in the EMP can also be detected afterwards when it is implemented and

monitored. Thus, an implementation and monitoring programmed has to be prepared.

The major attributes of environment are not confined to the mining site alone, implementation

of proposed control measures and monitoring programmed have an implication on the

surrounding area as well as for the region. Therefore, mine management should strengthen

the existing control measures as elaborated earlier in this chapter and monitor the efficacy of




121

the control measures implemented within the lease area relating to the following specific areas

for eco-friendly mining.

a) Collection of air and water samples at strategic locations with frequency suggested and

by analyzing thereof. If the parameters exceed the permissible tolerance limits,

corrective regulation measure will be taken.

b) Collection of soil samples at strategic locations once in every year and analysis thereof

with regard to deleterious constituents, if any.

c) The effectiveness of drainage system depends upon proper cleaning of all drains

provided in the mine area. Any blockage due to siltation or loose material will be

checked at least once in a month.

d) Measurement of water level fluctuations in the nearby ponds, dug wells and bore wells.

e) Regular visual examination will be carried out to look for erosion of river banks. Any

abnormal condition, if observed, will be taken care of.

f) Measurement of noise levels at mine site, stationary and mobile sources, mine

office/canteen/colony and adjacent villages will be done in every quarter.

g) Plantation/afforestation as should be done per programmed. Regular watering of plant

and fencing to protect them from cattle/goats has to be provided. Post plantation will be

regularly checked in every season. For selection of plant species local people should

also be involved.

Mine management will be in regular touch with local surrounding villages to update the various

developmental schemes made by them. They will also consider any immediate requirement,

which could be taken care of in near future.




122

An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) is envisaged which will be responsible for

monitoring EMP and its implementation. EMC members should meet once in a month to

assess the progress and analyze the data collected during the month. The structure of the cell

is provided in Figure 4.6.

The EMC will be in regular touch with State Pollution Control Board, Coal Controller,

Department of Mines & Geology, West Bengal and send them monthly annually progress

report. Any new regulations considered by Hon’ble Supreme Court, State/Central Pollution

Control Board for the industry will be taken care of.

Fig. 4.5: Structure and Function of EMC




123

4.6 OVERALL IMPROVEMENT OF ENVIRONMENT QUALITY

It is expected that with implementation of EMP, environmental quality will be better. There is

expected improvement of environmental quality viz. biological, environmental pollution,

aesthetic and socio-economic Therefore, mining of sand with EMP will have slightly positive

environmental edge and beneficial to the society. The Environmental Management Cell will

function for continual improvement of the environment quality of the area.


Chapter – 5 – Analysis of Alternative technology and Sites


124

CHAPTER – 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SITE

5.1 INTRODUCTION Tata Steel’s present requirement is 3 million tones of sand per annum for its coal production of 1.91 million tones per annum in Jharia Coalfield, this is significantly met from the existing sand leases of Damodar, Izri and Gowai Rivers. The sand lease area encompassing an area of about 44.10ha over the sand dunes of the Gowai river, a tributary of Damodar, which lies on the south-eastern part of Jharia Coalfield. The proposed production will be 0.2 million tonnes per annum.

5.2 IMPORTANCE OF SAND STOWING Tata Steel’s requires 3 million tones of sand per annum for its coal production of 1.91 million tones per annum, from five underground coal mines in Jharia coalfield. These five coal mines are Digwadih Colliery, 6&7 Pits colliery, Jamadoba Colliery, Bhelatand A. Colliery and Sijua Colliery. As these underground mines are lying under populated area, railway lines, important roads, power transmission lines etc. simultaneous sand stowing (underground mine filling) is essential for prevention of subsidence and fire during extraction of coal. The sands to be collected/ gathered from these leases along the rivers will be sent to the underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal. The sand stowing processes are the life-lines of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia Coalfield. Therefore to ensure a continuous supply of coal and safe mining operations, the sand collection and filling the underground mine voids is very essential 5.3 ALTERNATIVE OF SAND 5.3.1 Coal Combustion Residue (Waste Materials - Coal Ash from Power Plants) The alternative of sand is the coal combustion residue of the power plants. The bottom ash from the Jamadoba Power House (Captive Thermal Power Plant) is conveniently used for stowing the underground mines. But its availability is very low in the range of 400TPD which is not sufficient to supplement the sand quantity. The bottom-ash is mixed in the ratio of 20:80 (Bottom ash : Sand). Sand with higher percentage of bottom ash is not suitable for underground stowing because of the following problem.

a) Clogging of underground stowing barricades made of bamboo matting or Hessian cloths.

b) Long settlement time of the bottom ash in the goaf hampers coal production. c) Long settlement time of the bottom ash in the goaf creates unsafe situation. d) The ash corrodes the mine pumps. e) The capacity of the mine sump decreases resulting in operational problems.




125

5.3.2 Overburden Dump Materials (Waste Materials from Opencast Coal Mines)) Another alternative of sand is the overburden (OB) dump materials from the nearby opencast coal mines. These waste materials of coal mines are not suitable for underground stowing due to the following reasons.

a) Being blasted materials the overburden dump materials are not uniformly graded to be sent to the underground as slurry.

b) Transportation of these materials to underground mine voids mechanically is impractical.

c) Crushing of these overburden dump materials are not cost economic d) The overburden dump materials contain carbonaceous shales (>5% Carbon)

which make it unsuitable for underground stowing due to high fire potential. DGMS does not permit use of such carbonaceous materials.

5.4 GENERAL LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY OF THE SAND LEASE The sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, encompassing an area of about 44.10 hectare over the sand dunes of the Gowai river bed lies at the south-eastern side of Jharia Coalfield. The location of this lease is about 10 km away from the Tata Steel Collieries. A metal road connects the area with the Jharia-Sindri. There are no ecological sensitive areas and archeological important places in 10km radius. The map showing general location is provided in Figure. 1.1. This lease being located nearby by the operating coal mines yield low transportation cost makes other alternatives unsuitable. The deposit is also favorable, as the Gowai river widens to meet the Damodar, the velocity of flow decreases as a result the yield of sand deposit is rich. 5.5 DETAILS OF EXPLORATION As the deposit on the river bed is up to a shallow depth exploration was done upto a depth of 4m. The boreholes were made along the length of nearly 800 mtrs. and average breadth of 80m (during flood) of the river bed coming under the lease area. Being a deposit in the river bed, the estimation of the reserves has been drawn on the basis of actual measurement of length and breadth of river bed falling within the area applied for lease multiplied by the thickness of the sand bed which varies from 1.0 to 3.0 m. The bulk density of the river sand is taken as 0.62 m3 = 1 tonne i.e., 1.6129T/m3. Other places of the river do not have such suitable deposits.

5.6 GEOLOGICAL RESERVE

The total reserve as estimated for all the plots within the leasehold are at present approximately 1.426 million tonnes and this is partially replenished every year after




126

monsoon by the quantity to be lifted from the river bed. The sand is best suitable for stowing the underground coal mines as there are no other value added utilities of this mineral in this coal mining field. The details are also provided in the mine plan. 5.7 AREA CONSIDERED FOR RESERVES ESTIMATION For the calculation of the reserve estimation various sand dunes were considered. Small dug holes of approximately two meters were made to estimate the thickness of the reserve. The mine-able reserves were evaluated from the dunes where there are sufficient areas for the trucks to get loaded. Bigger sand dunes are not available in the upstream regions. 5.8 SECTORS FOR RESERVE ESTIMATION The reserves for the potential sand dunes of the Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages have been estimated sector-wise. For this purpose the riverbed has been divided into different sectors based on sand dune deposit and the limits of each sector (sand dunes) are given below in Table 2.2. Considering the bulk density of sand = 1.6129T/m3 the grand Total reserve of this lease = 1.426 million Tonnes. 5.9 DESCRIPTION OF SAND DEPOSIT AND GRADE The present exploration has established the presence of the sand deposit in the leasehold area is 14.26 lakh tonnes and this is replenished every year after monsoon. About 80% of the quantity of reserve as indicated is mine-able. As such the life of the mine will continue till the period of lease and subsequent lease renewals. 5.10 ALTERNATIVE MINING TECHNOOGY There are many technologies for collection of sand. These are as follows.

a) Dredging Method. b) Pontoon Method c) Scrapper Techniques. d) Shovel Dumper/Trucks

All the above techniques are highly mechanised and have significant impact on the aquatic life, water quality and disturbance of the river profile rocks. Therefore the collection of sand by manual method by using shovel will have minimum impact on the river ecology. 5.11 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE MINE LEASE AREA The entire lease of the core zone falls in non-forest area. The present land use pattern of the lease areas as given in the Table 2.3 shows that in the core zone area for sand is 64.7% (28.533ha), water flows over sand is 28.4% (12.524ha) and the river bank is




127

6.9% (3.043ha). Due to larger sand deposits and lesser steep banks make this lease the best alternative than other area. 5.12 ORIENTATION OF THE DEPOSITS The sand deposits/dunes are found on the inner side of the curve of the river bed where the banks are evenly flat. The highly dipping banks are bereft of mine-able sand deposits. Figure 2.6 depicts the orientation and layout of the mining lease holds area. The river Gowai, due to the less hydraulic gradient as well as more width near the confluence of Damodar, the velocity of the water is very low in this region causing lot of sand deposit. This makes these lease area suitable for sand gathering due to its replenishment every year during monsoon flood. Due to presence of big boulders and rocks in the river bed it often becomes difficult to win the sand. The sand deposits, which are lying above the water level, are lifted to avoid any damage to the water table. The sand dune deposits vary from year to year depending on the flood level of the river each year. Hence the sand deposit and the sand winning may vary slightly during actual mining. The mining activity ceases during monsoon when the river is in flooded condition. 5.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.13.1 Land Environment Soil samples are collected from the proposed mine sites, its immediate vicinity and the surrounding villages. Physico-chemical properties of the soils are determined information on land use pattern in the study area has also collected. Information regarding existing cropping pattern, their types and yield of the crops also collected from various sources. The sand mining activity will not have any significant impact on the land environment of the region. 5.13.2 Water Environment Information on water resources in the study area was collected. The water resources in the study area are mainly River, Jore and ground water. The parameters of prime importance for water quality studies were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic nutrient and heavy metal groups. Samples were collected at different locations including well waters. Samples were also collected for assessment of bacteriological population in water samples. The impact of sand removal on the flora (micro stage) of the river is also studied. The sand mining activity will not have any significant impact on the water environment of the region. 5.13.3 Air Environment Information on air quality was studied and various modeling techniques predicted that the sand mining activity would not affect the air quality in a significant manner. Therefore this site is suitable for sand mining.




128

5.13.4 Noise and Vibration Environment Excessive noise levels cause an adverse effect on human beings and associated environment including domestic animals, wild life, natural eco-system and structures. Hence, noise survey is carried out in proposed mining areas and nearby villages. Noise levels are measured at several locations in human settlements around proposed coal mines at various times of the day. Noise levels (A-weighted) are measured in the mining environment using precision sound level meter. Model based on first principle of propagation of sound waves is used to estimate the noise levels at various locations due to the proposed mining activities. Blasting technique is not used for sand lifting, hence no possibility of land vibration. It was found that the sand mining activity would not have any significant impact on the noise environment of the region. 5.13.5 Biological Environment The parameters of prime importance to both biotic and abiotic factors have been selected to estimate the structural and functional changes in the eco-system. The core area does not lie over forestland. There are no endangered species, wildlife sanctuary, wildlife corridors or eco-sensitive area near the core zone. It was found that the sand mining activity would not have any significant impact on the biological environment of the region. 5.13.6 Socio-Economic Environment A field survey was conducted within 10 kms radius of the proposed mines and surrounding impact zone. The parameters selected under socio-economic component are demographic structure of the study area, provision of basic amenities, industries likely to come up in the study area, welfare facilities planned to be provided by the project proponent, safety, training and management, community and occupational health hazards. Relevant information is collected from selected villages and analysed. It was found that the sand mining activity will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment of the region. 5.14. CONCLUSION The above analysis of sand alternative and other technologies has proved that sand stowing is the best alternative to ensure safety while extraction of coal from underground mines. The site is also best with respect to location as there is very less population density exist in the region. This particular patch of the river the sand availability is high in comparison to the other area. Had it been in the upstream or downstream of the river, more area would have been required to extract the same quantity of sand.


Chapter – 6 – Environmental Monitoring Program


129

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Success of any environmental management programme depends upon the efficiency of

the organizational set up responsible for the implementation of the programme. Regular

monitoring of the various environmental parameters is also necessary to evaluate the

effectiveness of the management program so that necessary corrective measures can be

taken in case there are some drawbacks observed in the proposed program. Since

environmental quality parameters at work zone are important for maintaining safety, the

monitoring work forms part of safety measures also.

6.2 PROPOSED SET UP Keeping the utility of monitoring results in the implementation of the environmental

management programme an organizational chart is being functioned headed by General

Manager as shown in Fig. 6.1.

The said team is responsible for :-

(i) Collecting water and air samples from surrounding area and work zone

monitoring for air pollutants.

(ii) Analyzing the water and air samples.

(iii) Implementing the control and preventive measures.

(iv) Co-coordinating the environment related activities within the project as well as

with outside agencies.

(v) Collecting statistics of health of workers and population of surrounding villages.

(vi) Monitoring the progress of implementation of environmental management

program.

(vii) Greenbelt development, etc.

The laboratory has been suitably equipped for sampling / testing for various environmental

pollutants and competent man power also recognized by Jharkhand State pollution

Control Board, Ranchi.




130

Figure. 6.1: Organization for Implementation of Control Measures

WORKMEN

MANAGER (ENV.) ADVICE FROM OUTSIDE AGENCIES AS

PER NEED

MONITORING TEAM

HEAD (ENVIRONMENT)

G. M




131

6.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management program, regular monitoring

of the important environmental parameters has been taken up. The schedule, duration

and parameters to be monitored are shown in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1: Monitoring Schedule and Parameters Sl. No.

Description of Parameters Schedule and Duration of Monitoring

1. Air Quality (a) In the vicinity of the mine (b) In the vicinity of transportation network

24 hourly samples thrice a week for one month in each season

2. Water Quality (a) Water quality of surface and ground

water around the site [All parameters as per GSR 422(E) dated 19.05.93 under Environment Protection Act 1986 excluding radioactive elements, pesticides]

(b) Drinking water must conform to Drinking Water Standard IS:10500:1991

Once in a season for 4 seasons in a year

3. Ambient Noise Level Twice in a year for couple of years & then once in a year

4. Inventory of Flora (Tree plantation, survival, etc.)

Once in two years on project monitoring area.

5. Soil Quality Once in two years on all reclaimed areas

6. Socio-economic condition of local, population, physical survey

Once in 3 or 4 years

6.4 CAPITAL PROVISION Capital provisions for environmental control measures is 20 Lakhs, which includes pollution control arrangements, technical & biological reclamation and rehabilitation / resettlement etc.


Chapter – 7 – Additional Studies- 1. Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan


132

CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

1. RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to both the

employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to work under

conditions, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time the environmental

conditions also should not impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is

adequate safety in mines. Hence mine safety is one of the most essential aspects of any

working mine. The safety of the mine and the employees is taken care of by the Mines Act

1952, which is well defined with laid down procedure to ensure safety and constantly

monitored and supervised by Directorate General of Mines Safety and Department of

Mines, State Government. However, disaster management plan has been incorporated

along with hydrological studies and sand replenishment studies as prescribed in the TOR. 7.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

There are various factors, which can create disaster in sand mine. These hazards are as

follows :

a) Inundation / Flooding. b) Quick Sand Condition. c) Drowning. d) Accident due to vehicular movement. e) Accident during sand loading, transporting and dumping.

The mining activity has several disaster prone areas. A check list depicting likely

disaster/risk events due to the sand mining activity is presented in Table 7.1 and

identification network for hazards are depicted in Figure 7.1. Accidents occur due to

negligence, poor workmanship and unskilled persons.

Table 7.1.: Check List for Likely Risks in Sand Mines Human Risk Ecological RiskSl. No. Activities

Probability of Occurrence

Consequence Risk level Land Air Water

1. Sand Loading Possible Critical 6 0 0 0 2 Sand Transport Possible Critical 6 0 0 0 3. Sand Dumping and Storage Possible Critical 6 0 1 0 4 Inundation/Flooding Possible Minor 3 1 0 0 5 Quick Sand Condition Possible Minor 3 0 0 0 6 Drowning Possible Critical 4 0 0 0 7 Vehicular Movement High Critical 8 1 2 0




133

7.3 SAND LOADING

1) The sand is loaded in the trucks using hand shovels and back-hoe. There are

possibilities of injury in the hands during loading with shovels and staying under

bucket movement.

2) There are possibilities that the workers standing on the other side of loading may

get injury due to over thrown sands with pebbles.

3) There are possibilities of workers getting injured during opening of side covers of

the trucks to facilitate sand loading.

4) There are possibilities of riverbank collapse due to close proximity of sand

extraction.

5) There are chances of falling of cattle/children into sand pit in river bed⎯ instances

of death due to fall in such pits were reported from other areas to the Department of

Mines.

6) Chance of workers getting injured due to improper balancing of truck while loading.

7.4 SAND TRANSPORT

The sands loaded in 15 T trucks are being sent to the collieries through public roads.

1. All possibilities of road accidents are possible.

2. Accident may also occur during movement in the mine (sand dunes).

3. There are possibilities that due to overloading, some pebbles or big boulder may

injure the passerby public

7.5 SAND DUMPING AND STORAGE

1. There are possibilities of the trucks rolling/ sliding down the sand bunker during

dumping operation.

2. The dumper /trucks may cause injury to the workers working near the stowing plant.

3. Dumping the sand in an empty sand bunker may cause injury to the stowing

operator if the bunker chute is in open condition.

4. Dumping the sand in an empty sand bunker may cause burying the stowing

machineries if the bunker chute is in open condition.

7.6 HEAVY MACHINERY

Most of the accidents occur during transportation by dumpers, trucks and other heavy

vehicles and are often attributable to mechanical failures, in which the factor of human

errors cannot be ruled out.




134

7.7 INUNDATION / FLOODING

1. The possibility of inundation/flooding of the sand mines are very high during monsoon or during heavy rains in lean season as the mine area lies over the sand dunes of a riverbed.

2. There are dangers to the trucks and other machineries due to flooding. 3. There are dangers to the workers working in the sand dunes.

Inundation or flooding is expected and beneficial for these sand mines as during this time only the sand reserve gets replenished. 7.8 QUICK SAND CONDITION

1. This condition occurs when the working crosses the water table at a certain depth and the permeability of the strata is very high.

2. This condition occurs when the effective stress in the sand becomes zero due to influx of water i.e., i = icr = γ’/γw. ; where i = Hydraulic gradient, icr = Critical Hydraulic gradient, γ’= submerged unit weight, γw = unit weight of water.

3. This creates danger condition to the trucks and other machineries plying over the sand dunes.

7.9 DROWNING There are possibilities of drowning in the deeper part of the river. However safety jackets,

floating tube should be kept at the site office to prevent any mishap.

7.10 MITIGATION OF HAZARDS 7.10.1 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Loading.

1. The trucks should be brought to a level so that the sand loading operation suits to

the ergonomic condition of the workers and the back-hoe .

2. The loading should be done from one side of the truck only.

3. The workers should be provided with gloves and safety shoes during loading.

4. Opening of the side covers (pattas) should be done carefully and with warning to

prevent injury to the loaders.

5. No sand should be collected within 2.5-5.0m from bank, especially from outer bank

of the meandering river. Safe clearance should be mainly determined by the height

of the river bank and thickness of sand to be extracted from the close vicinity of that

bank.

6. Ponding in the river bed shall not be allowed.

7. Operations during daylight only.




135

8. No foreign material (garbages) should be allowed to remain/spill in river bed and

catchment area, or no pits/pockets are allowed to be filled with such material.

9. Stockpiling of harvested sand on the river bank should be avoided.

10. For particular operations, approaching river bed from both the banks should be

avoided.

11. Digging outside river bank within 500m for pit sand and gravel, and also taking any

thing from that zone for construction of access ramps, should be strictly prohibited.

12. At least 0.5m sand bed should be left in-situ while harvesting sand from river bed.

7.10.2 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Transportation.

1) All transportation within the main working should be carried out directly under

the supervision and control of the management.

2) The Vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at

least once a week by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the

Management.

3) Road signs should be provided at each and every turning point especially for

the guidance of the drivers at the evening/night.

4) To avoid danger while reversing the trackless vehicles especially at the

embankment and tipping points, all workers should be removed from all areas

for reversing of lorries, and the vehicle should have audio-visual alarm during

reversing.

5) A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a

long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents.

6) Generally, overloading should not be permitted. Big boulders should not be

loaded. This is unsafe and may damage equipment and stowing bunker.

7) The truck should be covered and maintained to prevent any spillage.

8) The maximum permissible speed limit should be ensured.

9) The truck drivers should have proper driving license.

• All persons engaged at any work within the mine premises through the

contractors have received relevant training and other job-related briefings and

that the drivers of vehicles belonging to contractors entering the mine premises

have additionally been explained the salient provisions of "traffic rules".




136

• There should be a Safe Operating Procedure (SOP), and Code of Practice

(COP) laid down by the Company for the contractor personnel.

7.10.2.1 Safety Features Required in Tippers/Trucks a) Exhaust/ Retard Brake: Required as per DGMS circular 02 of 2004. b) Propeller shaft guard: Propeller shaft guard as per DGMS circular 10 of 1999. c) Tail gate protection: Protection of cabin against collision either by head to head or head to tail d) Limiting speed device: To ensure speed limits as decided by management .The device may be Electronic or mechanical type speed governors. e) Reverse gear for audio-visual alarm: The audio-visual alarm provided for equipments should confirm to DGMS (Tech.) Tests to be carried out on the audio-visual alarm and certificates shall be issued to user industries. f) Provision of two brakes: One of brakes shall be fail safe & for details refer DGMS circular 09 of 1999. g) Body lifting position locking arrangement: A hooter along with an indication may be provided to show the body is lifted. h) Fire suppression System: Semi-automatic fire suppression system. For details refer DGMS circular 10 of 2004. The fire suppression system shall be a factory fitment. i) Blind spot mirror: Better view of front blind spot by operator. j) Retro reflective reflectors on all sides: For visibility of truck during night k) Seat belt reminder: To alert operator for using the seat belt l) Proximity warning device: To alert operator m) Rear Vision System: For assisting operator to have back view during reversing n) Auto dipping System: To reduce glaring of eyes of operator during night o) Load Indicator and Recorder: Enables management to detect and prevent over loading. p) Global Positioning system: To prevent illegal transport and selling of sand, restricting short-cut routes other than stipulated routes and computerized monitoring. It is the responsibility of the Project Proponent (Tata Steel) to mention these terms and conditions in the tender document.

7.10.3 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Dumping and Storage.

1) The Stowing Sand bunkers should be covered by steel grizzly (netting) to prevent

inadvertent fall of human being or the vehicles during dumping operation.

2) The dumping should be done only when the chute of the sand bunker is in closed

condition or partially filled.

3) The vehicles/trucks should not be brought over the grizzly.

4) There should be a duly constructed berm made up of concrete or other material to

prevent the rear wheels come/roll over the grizzly of sand bunker.




137

5) Dozers are used near the sand bunkers to maintain the safety bern and to push

material over the edge as required.

6) The dumping operation should be done under strict supervision.

7.10.4 Measures to Prevent Accidents due to HEMM, Trucks etc

All the Heavy Earth Moving Machineries are maintained in the efficient working order by a

team of well experienced and qualified personnel at the mines. The operators should

check the following features on daily basis.

1) Brakes.

2) Horns and auto reverse horns

3) Lights and other safety features.

4) Regular training should be provided to the operators by the Company or the

Contractors.

7.10.5 Measures to Prevent Dangerous Incidents during Inundation/Flooding 1) Inundation or flooding is expected and beneficial for these sand mines as during

this time only the sand reserve gets replenished. 2) During monsoon months and heavy rains the sand mining operations are ceased. 3) The Trucks and other vehicle plying over the dunes should be kept on the river

banks beyond HFL. 4) The workers are not allowed to go over the dunes during heavy rains. 5) There should be mechanism/warning system of heavy rains and discharges from

the upstream dams.

7.10.6 Measures to Prevent Quick Sand Condition 1) The only way to avoid quick sand condition is by avoiding sand lifting below

water table. 2) The critical hydraulic gradient (icr) should be maintained at less than 1 to prevent

high artesian pressure in a coarse sand area. 3) At least 0.5m sand bed should be left in-situ while harvesting sand from

riverbed.

7.10.7 Measures to Prevent Drowning 1) The sand mining should be done under strict supervision. 2) The workers are not allowed to go to the deeper areas of the rivers. 3) The workers are not allowed to fish in the river during working hours. 4) In case it is required to cross the river, it is done under strict supervision and over

the shallow area using life lines. 5) Few life jackets, inflated tubes should be kept near the mine site.




138

7.11 TRAINING AND HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT 1) Appointment and delegating qualified and experienced personnel in various

disciplines. 2) Adequate training/refresher training will be provided to the supervisors, workers

keeping in view provisions of Mines Vocational Training Rules, 1966; Mine Rules, 1955, Mines Rescue Rules, 1985.

3) Personnel who have to operate and maintain HEMM, Trucks etc are to be trained under the guidance of the manufacturers and as per provisions of DGMS Circular Technical 1/1989 regarding accidents in opencast mines. Recommendation of Seventh Conference on Safety in Mines on “Safety in Open Cast Mining”, “Traffic Rules and Procedures”, “Mobile equipments and Highway Delivery Vehicles”, “Operations and Operator Training” and other related circulars.

4) The training of mine personnel shall be provided regularly with respect to environmental protection.

5) Special courses for employees will be arranged for afforestation, revegetation, reclamation, health hazards (identification), malaria eradication, HIV prevention etc in the training centre of the company.




139

MINING

SAND LOADING FROM SAND DUNES

REMOVAL OF PEBBLES. AND DUMPING IN RIVER BED

TRANSPORTATION OF SAND ON ROAD

DUMPING IN STOWING BUNKER

ECOLOGICAL RISKS (LAND, AIR, WATER)

NOISE

DUST

Fig. 7.1 : Identification of Hazards in Mines

INJURY


Chapter – 7 – Additional Studies- 2 Hydrogeological Studies-3 Sand Replenishment Studies


140

2. HYDROGEOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE SAND MINE 7.12 INTRODUCTION The sand mining over the sand dunes of the Gowai river does not require any pumping of water as the sand lifting will be carried above the water table of the river. Thus sand mining does not have any significant impact over the hydrological features of the area. However to comply with the point no (4.21, 4.25, 4.26 and 4.27) of the TOR the hydrological study has been conducted and reported in this Chapter. The Location, Topography, Drainage Pattern, Geological features are already described in Chapter 1 and in Chapter 2. 7.13 WATER RESOURCES

Information on water resources in the study area was collected. The water resources in the study area are mainly the Damodar River and its tributaries streams like Domohani, Chetu, Dungri jore, Izri and Gowai and groundwater. The Damodar river flows from the west to eastern direction near the core zone. Surface water resources of the area include Damodar River, which falls near the core zone along with its tributaries of the proposed area. There are a number of streams joining the Damodar from northern and southern banks in the buffer zone. The core zone itself lies in the river beds of Gowai River. Apart from surface water, ground water potential is also very good. The parameters of prime importance for water quality study were selected reported in Chapter-3. The Hydrological Features of Buffer Zone is provided in Figure 3.6. 7.14 DAMODAR-BARAKAR RIVER BASIN RESOURCE & UTILITY IN THE DISTRICT. River Damodar valley birth near South-east of District Palamu and join Bhagirathi near Kolkata (West Bengal). Doenand, Rahera, Saphi, Garhi, Hararo, Batuka, Dhogdaha, Marmaha, Chutua, Bherah, Konar, Jamunia, Khajo, Gowai, Ijri are the main contributory sources. There are eight District like Palamau (5.28%). Lohardaga (7.33% Dhanbad-Bokaro (61.94%), Ranchi (14.08%), Hazaribagh-Chatra (35.99%), Giridih (32.44%) of land cover by Damodar-Barakar river-basin. Barakar river take birth in the forest of Hazaribagh and run 200 km parallel to Damodar and after that bend to east to meet Damodar. The main contributors are as follows : Sakari, Barsati, Khero, Bakara, Egara, Usari, Chikari, Khyudia, Beri, Rajoya. River Barakar covers six district like Hazaribagh-Chatra (21.77%), Giridih (43.67%), Dhanbad-Bokaro (38.05%) & Dumka (8.80%) of total land. Only 23.4% surface water used in State and unused 76.6% water runaway to the sea. About 26.6% of ground water used and rest 73.4% ground water has been stored.




141

7.15 HYDROGEOLOGY / GROUND WATER AVAILABILITY IN THE DISTRICT At present the ground water being exploited mainly through open dug wells. The wells are 10-15 m deep below ground in fissured formations, so as to yield less than 5 m3/h. The yield from bore wells in fissured formations varies from 2 to 36 m3/h. The yield of tube wells constructed in sandstone up to 200 m depth varies from less than 50 to 150 m3/h. The yield is low in the Metamorphics region is low in area of Puruliya/Dhanbad/Bokaro district of West Bengal and Jharkhand. The alluvial deposits occurring in lower Damodar River Basin of West Bengal vary in thickness from 50 to more than 300m. The yields prospect of tube wells constructed to depths of 60 to 150 m below ground level ranges from 100-180 m3/h. 7.16 HYDROGEOLOGY AND AQUIFER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AREA. The hydrological study covering the district has not been done so far by any agency; hence it is very difficult to make concrete comments on this aspect. However, hydro geologically the area can be broadly divided into Metamorphic, Sedimentary & Traps and inter trepan beds. Groundwater occurrence and storage in study area are mainly controlled by the geological set up of the area. The ability of geological formation to store and transmit water is dependent on its formation parameters, such as porosity and hydraulic conductivity. Hydro geological condition together with climate and topography influences the occurrence and movement of ground water in this region. The weather condition is a typical summer, rainy and winter seasons. The temperature ranges from 36.6 to 41.00C in summer season, while in rainy and winter seasons temperature varies between 31.8 to 36.40C and 24.5 to 20.50C respectively. The average annual rainfall is 1300mm. The south-west monsoon lasts from mid-June to mid September and the area gets more than 85% of the annual rainfall during these four monsoon months.

Total 51 dug wells were selected as observation points in the Core and Buffer zone (≅494 Sq.Km) for measuring the water level during pre-monsoon and post monsoon seasons. The average depth of water table near core zone in pre and post monsoon has been observed as 5.63m and 3.03m respectively. In the buffer zone the depth of water table during pre and post monsoon has been observed as 6.38m and 3.93m respectively. The ground water level monitoring wells are marked in Figure 3.5. This ground water fluctuation is also provided in Figure 3.6. The ground water level fluctuation in dug wells and tube wells in and around Core & Buffer zone area of sand mining lease is given in Table 7.2.




142

Table 7.2 Ground water level fluctuation in dug wells and tube wells in and around Core & Buffer zone area of sand mining lease.

Sl Village Well

No. Longitude Latitude WL Pre-

monsoonWL Post-monsoon

Fluctuation

1. Pathardih GWC13 86.42083 23.671389 6.9 5.8 1.1 2. Saharpura GWC14 86.49 23.672778 5.9 2.8 3.1 3. Raghunathpur GWD11 86.50472 23.706389 6.6 3.9 2.7 4. Baghmara GWD12 86.53417 23.696389 6.9 2.8 4.1 5. Harmardih GWD13 86.55417 23.673333 6.8 2.7 4.1 6. Batbinor GWA12 86.31556 23.679167 6.6 4.2 2.4 7. Buribonor GWA13 86.30472 23.669167 6.7 4 2.7 8. Ghansadih GWB11 86.36028 23.721667 11 9.8 1.2 9. Bhaga GWB12 86.40833 23.720833 15 13.9 1.1 10. Talgharia GWB13 86.34 23.683611 5.7 1.9 3.8 11. Dibarda GWA11 86.33222 23.695556 7.5 4.7 2.8 12. Bhaunra GWB14 86.40528 23.6825 10.8 8.9 1.9 13. Lodna GWC11 86.43222 23.723611 4.5 3.6 0.9 14. Jamuniadih GWC12 86.47139 23.718611 5.8 4.9 0.9 15. Mayrakuli GWA21 86.32056 23.659167 5.8 3.6 2.2 16. Shiyaljuri GWA22 86.3175 23.645 5.9 3.8 2.1 17. Surjudih GWA23 86.30972 23.615 6 3.9 2.1 18. Chandra GWA24 86.30667 23.597222 6.5 4.6 1.9 19. Bhandaribandh GWB21 86.36111 23.659722 6.9 3.6 3.3 20. Mahal GWB22 86.37389 23.655278 5.8 3.6 2.2

21. Sitanala GWB23 86.40583 23.661944 5.9 3.8 2.1

22. Saharjuri GWB24 86.35139 23.606944 7.8 3.5 4.3

23. Latutand GWB25 86.38361 23.608333 6.6 3.8 2.8

24. Simulia GWB26 86.40528 23.602778 5.9 3.7 2.2

25. Sudamdih GWC21 86.43722 23.656944 5.6 3.8 1.8

26. Tasra GWC22 86.47333 23.645556 5.8 2.8 3

27. Rohraband GWC23 86.48528 23.655278 5.8 3.9 1.9

28. Narkera GWC24 86.42194 23.623611 5.8 3.6 2.2

29. Poradih GWC25 86.46056 23.610556 5.9 3.7 2.2

30. Santhaldih GWC26 86.47972 23.61 5.9 3.3 2.6




143

Table 7.2 Ground water level fluctuation in dug wells and tube wells in and around Core &

Buffer zone area of sand mining lease (Continued…). Sl Village Well

No. Longitude Latitude WL Pre-

monsoonWL Post-monsoon

Fluctuation

31. Chhatatanr GWD21 86.50972 23.659167 5.3 2.7 2.6 32. Gharbar GWD22 86.55194 23.6575 5 2.6 2.4 33. Sindri GWD23 86.51222 23.640556 4 1.8 2.2 34. Cheliyama GWD24 86.54944 23.611944 4.9 2.7 2.2 35. Joradih GWD25 86.51222 23.59 4.5 2.2 2.3 36. Mandapdanga GWD26 86.56444 23.590556 4.8 2.1 2.7 37. Chamrabad GWA31 86.31417 23.581389 6.9 4.8 2.1 38. Kumirdoba GWA32 86.32694 23.567222 7.9 4.7 3.2 39. Sigdardih GWA33 86.33222 23.564722 4.6 1.9 2.7 40. Chandankiyari GWB31 86.35917 23.571389 6.9 4.8 2.1 41. Darda GWB32 86.40194 23.567222 6 3.5 2.5 42. Ulangdih GWB33 86.34556 23.5375 7 3.9 3.1 43. Madhabpur GWB34 86.39444 23.525278 6.6 3.8 2.8 44. Amchatar GWC31 86.43222 23.571389 5.8 3.8 2 45. SEB Quarter GWC32 86.47 23.579444 7.6 4.8 2.8 46. Anantpur GWC33 86.48361 23.571389 6.6 2.8 3.8 47. Chitra GWC34 86.42917 23.530278 4.8 2.9 1.9 48. Tentulhiti GWC35 86.47444 23.533056 5.8 3 2.8 49. Dubra GWD31 86.5175 23.543333 5 2.9 2.1 50. Gobindpur GWD32 86.54694 23.5575 4.8 2.6 2.2 51. Dhanara GWD33 86.56667 23.57 5.9 3.1 2.8

Average 6.38 3.93 2.45 7.17 WATER TABLE BEHAVIOR IN THE AREA

The hydrological study covering the district has not been done so far by any agency; hence it is very difficult to make concrete comments on this aspect. However, hydro geologically the area can be broadly divided into Metamorphic, Sedimentary & Traps and inter trepan beds.

Total 51 (dug & tube) wells were selected as observation points in the core and Buffer zone for measuring the water level in there well during pre-monsoon and post monsoon seasons. In the core and buffer zone the fluctuation of ground water level is given in Table 7.2. The average depth of water table near core zone in pre and post monsoon has been observed as 5.63m and 3.03m respectively. In the buffer zone the depth of water table during pre and post monsoon has been observed as 6.38m and 3.93m respectively. The




144

ground water level monitoring wells are marked in Figure 3.5. Based on the water table fluctuation and coordinate of the geographical contour line, fluctuation of the water table for both Pre-monsoon and Post-monsoon condition have been presented already in Figure 3.6.

7.18 GROUND WATER POTENTIAL

. The major source of the water in the region is south-west monsoon during rainy season and very small contribution from the northeast during the winter season. In the study area ground water is withdrawn usually by means of open dug wells and small diameter hand operated tube wells. The tube wells are most often deeper (19m–58m) than the dug wells and tap the fractures below the weathered mantle. As the area is being located in the hot-tropical belt, the temperature regime is very high, the daily maximum ranging from 26.50C to over 410C. Due to excessive heat, the loss of moisture through evaporation is considerably high. During the wet monsoon seasons, the net evaporation is less than the precipitation, resulting in surplus water which loss through either surface runoff or being part of the subsurface storage. The surface runoff and subsurface storage of water depends upon various factors including the amount of rainfall, topography of the area, land use pattern, soil type, slope, physiographic, drainage pattern and hydro geomorphology of the catchment / sub-catchment.

In order to calculate the water potential and impact of proposed mining activity, the sub-watershed of only the Damodar river has been demarcated. The sub-watershed confining the contributing and receiving streams has been studied. The sub-watershed area for the computation for water potential has been computed as : 314.2 km2. Average rainfall of the area is 1300 mm, out of which 286 mm is lost as the surface runoff, 819 mm is lost through evapo-transpiration and only 195 mm enters into the subsoil and recharge the aquifer. Therefore only 15% of the rainfall water becomes part of ground water recharge, rest 22% is lost as the surface and sub-surface runoff, and 63% is lost through evapo-transpiration. The annual water balance of the watershed is given below:

Rainfall (1300 mm) = Actual Evapo transpiration (819 mm)

+

Soil Moisture change (0 mm)

+

Moisture surplus (481 mm)




145

The soil moisture surplus (481 mm) is an aggregate of (i) surface run-off and (ii) sub-surface groundwater storage as aquifer recharge. Therefore, out of surplus moisture of 481 mm, 286 mm is lost through surface runoff and 195 mm become part of the aquifer recharge. The quantification of these components is given in Table 7.3. Different hydrological components, the ground water potential, and the stage of ground water development are given in the Table 7.4.

Table 7.3: Water Resource Status of the Sub-watershed of study area Parameter % of

Rainfall

Calculation Values (MCM)

Sub-watershed area 314.2 km2 - 314200000 m2 -------

Total Precipitation (approx) 1300.0 mm 100 314200000X1.300 m3 408.46 million m3

Evapo-transpiration 819 mm 63.0 314200000X0.819 m3 257.33 million m3

Surface Runoff 286 mm 22.0 314200000X0.286 m3 89.86 million m3

Ground water recharge 195 mm 15.0 314200000X0.195 m3 61.27 million m3

7.19 COMPUTATION OF WATER BALANCE

(i) Computation of Total Annual Replenishable Recharge (TARR) (million m3/year)

a) By ground water table fluctuation method:

The average water fluctuation in study area is 2.45 m.

Specific Yield =)(*

*

sw

g

RPH

RP

−

Where P is the Annual Rainfall, Rg is the annual groundwater recharge, Rs is the

annual surface runoff and Hw is the water table fluctuation

= 1300X195/{2450X(1300-286)}

= 0.102

TARR (million m3/year) = Area*average water table fluctuation*Specific Yield

= 314200000m2 X2.45 X 0.102

= 78.52 million m3/year

b) By rainfall infiltration factor method (RIF) (million m3/year):

= Area X average rainfall X infiltration

= 314200000 m2X1.300 m*0.15

= 61.27 million m3/year

Average TARR = 69.9 million m3/year




146

(ii) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through domestic discharge (million

m3/year)

The major source of the water in the region is small ponds and ground water. Ground water is withdrawn usually by means of open dug wells and small diameter hand operated tube wells. The total population in the sub-watershed area of 314.2 km2 is around 1,41,612 (50% of Raghunathpur Block of Puruliya W.B and 50% of Chandankiyari Block of Bokaro JH) so the domestic withdrawal of water has been computed by considering 65 L per day per headwater consumption. The total annual domestic water withdrawal for the sub-watershed becomes:

Population *consumption*days

= (1,41,612*65*365)/1000 m3 = 3.36 million m3/year

(iii) Estimated draft through discharges of coal washery & a Power plant –i.e., Industrial discharge (million m3/year):

= 4.00 m m3 / year (Approximately)

The water requirement of the sand mining is considered to be negligible. (iv) Net ground water availability

= Average TARR – (Estimated draft through mine discharge + Domestic draft) = 69.9 – (4.00+3.36) million m3/year = 62.54 million m3/year

(v) Stage of ground water development (in %)

= Net draft/ Average TAAR = (7.36/69.9)*100 = 10.53%




147

Table 7.4: Summary of the Water Potential Estimation

a) Range of water table (m bgl) Pre-Monsoon

• Core Zone • Buffer Zone

5.63 m 6.38 m

Post-Monsoon

• Core Zone • Buffer Zone

3.03 m 3.93 m

b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/year) • By ground water table fluctuation method (million m3/year) 78.52

• By rainfall infiltration factor method (million m3/year) 61.27

• Average TARR (million m3/year) 69.9

c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through domestic discharge (million m3/year)

3.36

d) Estimated draft through industrial discharge (million m3/year) 4.00

e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/year) 62.54

f) Stage of ground water development in % 10.53

(vi) Radius of Influence (r0): The radius of influence is estimated by Scheider

formula: R = C X (h0-h1) X √K 3.0 (6) X √38.35 3.0(6) X 6.19 111.47 m

7.20 PUMPING TEST OF SHALLOW AQUIFER The aquifer parameters – Transmissivity (T) and Storativity (S) of the aquifer are estimated either by pumping test or by performing test on aquifer samples in the laboratory. The applicability of the laboratory test has limitations. The pumping test performed on wells, involves measurement of drawdown and recovery and interpretation of the data to determine the aquifer parameters. Theis (1935) was first to propose a method to evaluate the aquifer parameters from the pumping test on bore well in confined aquifer. Since then several methods have been developed to analyse the pumping test data (time-draw down) for different condition.




148

During the pumping test in case of high permeability of the aquifer the contribution from the aquifer becomes significant and well storage effects becomes insignificant. In such cases the method described by Theis (1935) can well be used to estimate aquifer parameter. However, in the hard rock aquifers due to poor permeability and high discharge rate, for most of the duration of the pumping phase, the well storage significantly affects the total discharge rate and the aquifer discharge to the well varies during pumping phase.

For the present study, three dug wells were selected for the test of shallow aquifer parameters. The pumping was performed with the help of centrifugal pump. The pumping test data have been interpreted considering the field condition, to evaluate aquifer parameters. The area is characterized by a number of dug wells usually used for domestic purposes and only some well has been found to be used for irrigation. The dug wells are varies in diameter from 1.5 m to 5.6 m. The discharge from the pumping well during the test was diverted far away from the well. It has also been kept in mind that the inner diameter of the well remains regular and same over the length for which water level changes.

Discharge from the test wells has been kept constant and monitored at regular interval of time. A known volume container has been used to measure the discharge rate with the help of stopwatch. Discharge rate during each test has been found to be constant, whereas it has been found minor variation in different test. 7.21 EVALUATION OF AQUIFER CHARACTERISTICS

The time-drawdown data of the three large diameter dug well performed for present study at the constant discharge of 576, 471, 599 m3/day. Time vs Drawdown data of the pumped well are plotted on the logarithm paper taking time (t) along horizontal axis and drawdown (s) along vertical axis and the well function values of F(uw, α), 1/ uw, s and t are determined by matching it with the type curve of Papadopulus and Cooper (1967). The values transmissivity (T) and storativity (S) are calculated and given below:

Table 7.5 Aquifers Characteristics

Parameter Sl. No. Location T S

1. Dug well –(Erandih) 119.18 m2/day 4.01 X10-4 2. Dug well –(SEB Quarters) 79.76 m2/day 1.53 X10-4 3. Dug well – (Poradih) 89.83 m2/day 2.22 X10-4

Note : T : Transmisivity, S : Storativity




149

7.22 IMPACT OF MINING ON HYDROGEOLOGY The impact of sand mining on the hydrology of the region is negligible as water is not required to be pumped out for sand mining process. The collection of sand will be from above the water table from the sand dunes. The drinking water for about 100 workmen will be about 300 Ltrs which is insignificant compared to the water potential of the region. 7.23 HYDROLOGIC MONITORING

In view of the increasing awareness on water related projects in the general public, crusades by environmentalists and legal battles over the implication of side effects due to mining, it is recommended that a full fledged hydrogeological and hydrological data monitoring network be established for the entire mine life. Such a data base will help to cross check the various impacts and plan internally and if need arises to present a scientific reasoning to the governmental agencies monitoring the mine. As Damodar river would be the main drainage the river may have to be gauged to monitor the flow parameters. Preparation of flow duration curves would be of great importance. 7.24 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATION

From the above studies and field observation, it can be commented that there is no dearth of groundwater potential in the lease hold area. By adopting proper technology, the resource can be identified and tapped to meet the growing water demands in buffer zone areas as well as for mining purpose. Near to the sand mining areas the water system is not prone to any disturbance as sand mining does not require water. With good amount of rainfall and vast agricultural land area, large amount of precipitation is contributing to the recharge of groundwater resources. Pumping test conducted on three wells reveal the Transmissivity values of 119.7, 79.77 and 89.84m2/day and Storativity was measured as 4.01 X 10-4, 1.55 X 10-4 and 2.22 X 10-4. REFERENCES

Adyalkar PG (1983) Groundwater survey and exploration technique in Karstic Regions. Proc. Seminar on Assessment, development and management of ground water resources. CGWB, New Delhi. 45-56.

Balakrishna S, Subramanayam K, Gogte BS and Shama S (1983) Ground water investigation in the union territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. Geophys. Res. Bull. 21, 347-359.




150

Basu GC, and Basu SK (1999) An approach for estimation of hydrological water budget for its significant role in water resource management. Indian J. Eng. 28, 39-43.

Biswas AK (1876) System approach to water management MCGraw-Hill Book Com. New York 429p.

Brawner CO (1986) Ground water and coal mining. Mining Sci. Technol. 3, 187-198.

Chakraborty MK, Chaulaya SK, Ahmad M, Singh KKK, Singh RS, Tewary BK, and Gupta PK (2001) Hydrogeological conditions around on an open cast mine. Minetech 22, 41-53.

Chaulaya SK, Chakraborty MK, Ahmad M, Singh KKK, Singh RS, Tewary BK, and Gupta PK (2000) Water resource accounting for an iron ore mining area in India. Environ. Geol. 39, 1155-1162.

Chaulaya SK (2004) Water resource accounting for a mining areas in India, Environ. Mon. Ass. 93, 69-89.

Down CG, And Stocks L (1977) Environmental Impact of Mining, Applied Sci. Pub.London, 131p.

Garg SK (1982) Water resource and hydrology, Khanna Publ. New Delhi 489p.

GWREC (1997) Grounwater resource estimation methodology. Ministry of Water Res. GOI, 105p.

Karnath KR (1987) Ground water assessment, development and management, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Comp. Ltd. New Delhi.

Keys WS and Mac Cary LM (1971) Application of bore hole geophysics to water resource investigation In “Techniques of water resource investigation, USGS Book. 126p.

Rao K (1970) Hydrometer logical aspects of estimating groundwater potential. In : Seminar on ground water potential in hard rock areas. GSI, Bangalore. 1-18.

Satish Chandra (1983) Hydrological investigation in ground water resource evaluation In: Proc. Seminar on Assessment, development and management of ground water resources. CGWB, New Delhi. 19-34

Saxena RS (1980) Assessment of groundwater recharge in irrigated areas in India – Prsent studies and scope of future research. Proc. Third Afro-Asian Regional Conf. ICAD, New Delhi, 212-227.

Singh VS, Krishnan V, Sharma, MRK, Gupta CP, and Dhar RL (1999) Hydrogelogy of limited aquifer in a granitic terrain. Environ. Geol. 32, 90-95.

Todd DK (1980) Ground water hydrology, John Wiley and Sons. 535p.




151

3. SAND REPLENISHMENT STUDIES 7.25 INTRODUCTION The sand mining of the sand dunes of the Damodar river and Gowai river may disturb the river bodies. With respect to MOEF prescribed TOR (para-4), ISM Dhanbad conducted the sand replenishment study in the stretch of Damodar river and its tributaries flowing through Jharia Coalfields (JCF). The Location, Topography, Drainage Pattern, Geological features are already described in Chapter 1 and in Chapter 2. The methodology used for the study was remote sensing and GIS. Field validation was also done after the Monsoon Season of 2013. As JCF is highly disturbed due to coal mining activity, nearby thermal power plants, industrial waste, construction activities and agriculture, huge quantities of sediments get deposited in river Damodar directly and through its several tributaries. The sand replenishment through sedimentation is studied in this section of the EIA/EMP report. 7.26 GENERAL Soil erosion is a bi-stage method comprising of the detachment of individual soil particles from the soil mass and their transport by erosive agents such as running water and wind. When adequate energy is no longer obtainable to move the particles, a third phase, deposition, occurs. Rain splash is the most vital in this process and acts as a detaching agent. As a result of raindrops hitting an uncovered soil surface, soil particles may be flung through the air over distances of several centimeters. Constant exposure to forceful rainstorms significantly weakens the soil. The soil is also broken down by weathering processes, both mechanical, by alternate wetting and drying, freezing and thawing and frost action, and biochemical. Soil is bothered by tilling operations and by the trampling of livestock and people. Flowing continuous water and wind are further inducers to the detachment of soil particles. All these processes undo the soil so that it is easily detached by the agents of transport. The transporting agents consist of those that act in the air and add to the exclusion of a relatively uniform thickness of soil, and those that concentrate their action in channels. The primary group comprise of rainwater splash, surface overflow in the profile of shallow flows of infinite width, every now and then termed sheet flow but more appropriately called overland flow, and wind. The succeeding group covers water in minute channels, well-known as rills, which can be utterly destroyed by weathering and ploughing, or in the bigger more everlasting features of gullies and rivers. Dissimilarity is usually made in water erosion involving rill erosion and erosion on the land between the rills by the combined action of raindrop impact. This is called as the inter rill erosion. To these agents that act on the surface, lifting up material from and flowing it over the land surface, ought to add movement or transport by collective movements such as soil flowing along, slides and creep, in which water affects the soil internally, changing its strength. The erosion




152

severity mainly relies upon the amount of material carried over by detachment over the period of time and the carrying capacity of the eroding agents to carry it. Where the agents have the ability to move more material than that supplied by detachment, this kind of erosion is termed or represented as detachment limited. The vice versa, where more material is supplied than can be transported, this kind of erosion is termed as transport limited. The energy which is utilized for erosion bifurcates into two forms namely potential and kinetic energies. Difference in height of one body with reference to other results in Potential energy (PE). It is the product of mass (m), height difference (h) and acceleration due to gravity (g), therefore giving out the equation-

PE = mhg This results in the units of kilogram, meter and ms-2 respectively and henceforth gives out a value in Joules. The potential energy for erosion is transformed into kinetic energy (KE), the energy of action or motion. This, has a close relation to mass (m) and velocity (v) of the eroding agent in the expression, thus yielding-

KE = ½ mv2

This results in the units of kg and m s-1, also gives a value in Joules. The majority of the so formed energy is scattered in rubbing with the surface (friction) on which the driving force , the agent moves so that only 3 to 4 per cent of the energy of running water and 0.2 per cent of that of falling raindrops is expended in erosion. [1] A hint of the comparative efficiencies of the different types of water erosion can be attained by applying these statistics to calculations of kinetic energy, based on typical velocities. Nearly all the raindrop energy is used in detachment, on the other hand, the amount available for transport is less than that from overland flow. This is shown by the capacity of soil loss incurred in a field ground in mid-Bedfordshire, England. Where on an 11° slope the sediment eroded was 20g by rain splash, overland flow accounted to 400g and rills created sediment load of 19,000 g, the width was 1 centimeter.[2] 7.27 EROSION WITH REFERENCE TO WATER BEHAVIOR The flow paths of water erosion are very much associated to the pathways followed by water in its transport along the vegetation cover and over the ground surface. During a heavy shower, a portion of the water hits directly on to the earthly soil, it’s as a result of no vegetation or as it passes all the way through the empty spaces in the plant canopy. This section or part of the rainfall is known as direct through fall. Rest of the downpour is restricted by the canopy, since here it redirects itself back into the atmosphere by evaporation or crawls away to the ground by flowing down the leaves, a process which is termed as leaf drainage, or by flowing down the plant stems as stem flow. The processes of direct through fall and leaf drainage create the rain splash erosion. The rain that touches or hits the ground is caught in little depressions or hollows on the surface plane or




153

it may penetrate into the soil deeply. It therefore results in soil moisture storage, to sideways movement down the slope within the soil as subsurface or interflow or, by percolating deeper, to groundwater. When the soil is not willing to receive any more water, the surplus flows down as runoff on the surface, causing erosion by overland flow or by rills and gullies. The pace at which water flows down into the soil is termed as the infiltration rate and this plays a major role over the generation of surface runoff and in its controlling. Water is drained into the soil by the action of gravity and by capillary forces. Here it is pulled near to and held as a thin molecular coating in the region around the soil particles. All through the downpour, the gaps in between the soil particles starts getting filled with water and the capillary forces decrease so that the penetration speed starts elevated at the start of a storm and declines to a level that shows the highest steady rate at which water can pass through the soil to lower levels. At this stage, the infiltration capability or constant infiltration rate relates theoretically to the dampened and saturated hydraulic conductivity of the soil.[3] Studies were carried on to check out the infiltration rates for different types of soil. In practical conditions, nevertheless, the infiltration capacity is most of the times less than that of the saturated hydraulic conductivity. It’s due to the air which is trapped in between the soil pore space, which acts as the wetting front passes downwards through the soil.

Figure 7.2: Infiltration rates in mmh-1 for various soils like sand, clay and loam [4]

There are 3 main forces acting on a particle:

• The upright or weight force transporting the particle vertically downwards towards the ground surface. (Fg)

• The upward lift force pushing to make the particle travel vertically upwards. (FL)




154

• The horizontal drag force which is exerted by the flow moves the particle all through the surface in a horizontal manner.(FD)

Figure 7.3: Dynamics acting on the sediment particle subjected to erosion. [5] The associations between the critical velocity for deposition and the drop or settling velocity for particles of varied sizes are based on studies made in rivers. [6]

The velocity if not lowered, the particle gets carried away until the surface undulation doesn’t hamper its motion. If the velocity falls down the optimum which is inter dependent on its size, then it rests down falling apart from its flow path.

Figure 7.4: Velocity of Flow vs Particle size to define the state of particle. [7]

As velocity of settling is related to the particle size, throughout deposition. The comparatively larger particles are settled first, with gradually finer grains falling out of the flow as the flow velocity continues to turn down. As a consequence, sediments from slope slip down on concave slopes at the bottom of hillsides are apt to comprise mainly sands,




155

grading into silts and clays with increasing slope length and decreasing slope angle. On many slopes, silts and clays can be transported transversely along the foot-slope and into the adjacent river [8]. Sediments of wind-driven matter include mainly silts and sands, moved out in the process of siltation, while the clay particles are mixed along with the suspension in the atmosphere which is carried to very long distances. 7.28 ERODIBILITY Erodibility sums up as the property of soil to resist to both detachment and further movement. Even though a soil’s property to resist erosion depends in components on topographic location, slope steepness and the sum total of disturbance, such as during ground tilling, the properties of the soil are the most important determining factors for erodibility. Erodibility changes or varies with:

• Soil texture, • Aggregate stability • Shear strength • Infiltration capacity • Organic content and • Chemical content.

Bulky particles are resistant to movement since mightier force is necessary to entrain them and the comparatively finer particles are resistant to detachment because of their cohesiveness. The slightest resistant particles are found out to be silts and fine sands. Therefore soils with more than 40 per cent of silt content are highly erodible. [9] Erodibility is described in terms of percentage of clay found in soil, showing results that soils comprising of 9 to 30 per cent clay content are the most susceptible soils to erosion and they are sure to get eroded. [10] The utilization of the amount of clay as a sign of erodibility is in theory more agreeable because the clay particles coalesce with organic matter to create soil aggregates or clods and it is the stability of these with the intention to determine the resistance of the soil. Soils with an elevated percentage of base minerals are in general more stable, as these sums up to the chemical bonding of the aggregates. Dampening of the soil weakens the aggregates for the reason that it lowers their cohesiveness, softens the cements and causes puffiness or swell as water is adsorbed on the clay particles. Rapid wetting can also cause the subsidence of the aggregates through the process of slaking. Initially dry soils when come in contact with water they result in higher amount of aggregate breakdown than the condition of soil getting already moist as, in the latter stages, less air becomes trapped in the soil. [11]




156

Figure 7.5 : Erodibility of various soils when wetted [20].

Soil erodibility is the nature or property of soil to be susceptible to erosion either by water or wind. This susceptibility enhances the threat of erosion, so being aware of these properties make one easy to estimate whether soil more erodible or not. • Cohesiveness is a determination of ability of soil material to hold collectively at different moisture levels. The less cohesive a soil, the higher the chances it will erode like the sand. The soil mass becomes loosely spread and it’s more prone to erosion. • The cohesiveness of a soil is generally influenced by the texture of the soil. More cohesive soils are the soils which are fine textured. However, the particles which are finer are easily transported. Soils having moderate silt or fine sand content and low clay content are the more erodible soils. The finer particles are easily eroded and less cohesion means the soil has low clay content. • Collective size distribution alters the erodibility and transportation ability of soil. Aggregates are a cluster of peds (soil particles) held jointly to form an individual unit. The higher the surface aggregates, the lower the erosion risk as raindrop de-attachment doesn’t bother them. The Aggregates lessen the surface runoff because of their rough texture and are heavy enough not to get transported to distances far away. • Aggregate stability and dispersion is must to estimate exactly how much rain will have the effect on these aggregates. Aggregates either they dispersed or get slaked off easily in water or they remain stable. More dispersible soils are the ones high in sodium; these are also the most erodible. • Erodibility is also affected by the permeability or infiltration potential of a soil. A less erodible soil is a soil which has the property of water to get penetrated through it. Infiltration will also be slower when soil is already saturated and water logged. [12] 7.29 SEDIMENTATION Sedimentation is often considered to be a problem because many factors. Off-location troubles arise from sedimentation downstream or downwind, which slowly pulls down the




157

capacity of rivers and drainage ditches, increases the risk of areas becoming flood prone and lessens the design life of reservoirs. Numerous hydroelectricity and irrigation projects have been disturbed and got devastated because of the consequences of erosion. Eutrophication is the best way to express how sediment also acts as a pollutant in its own way as the sediment absorbs chemicals like Nitrogen and Phosphorus. These add up nutrients into the water body, hence acts as a pollutant by leading to a problem well known as Eutrophication. Erosion leads to the crash down of soil aggregates and clods into their primary particles of clay, silt and sand. Through this process, the carbon that is held inside the clays and the soil organic content is let free into the atmosphere as CO2. Relationship between sediment yield and mean annual pptn: On a global scale, statistics and study of the association between soil loss and climate demonstrate that at yearly rainfall totals fewer than 450mm, erosion is directly proportional to precipitation. [4] Precipitation is also directly proportional to vegetation cover, and when increased, results in improved protection of the soil surface so that for annual rainfall linking 450 and 650mm, soil loss gets reduced as precipitation gets intense. Added increases in rainfall are satisfactory to overcome the shielding effect and erosion then scales up until, again, the vegetation comes into play by as it’s sufficiently dense to offer supplementary protection, causing erosion to reduce. Elevated than 1700mm, the volume and intensity of the precipitation offset the protective effect of the vegetation and erosion scales upward with precipitation.

Figure 7.6: Relationship between sediment yield and mean annual precipitation




158

7.30 WORK PLAN

Figure 7.7. Flow Chart of Work Plan 7.31 DATA ACQUIRED 7.31.1 Topographic Map: The entire Jharia Coal field is covered by Survey of India (SoI) toposheets No. 73 I/l, 73 I/2, 72 I/5, 73I/6 which were surveyed in 1991-1993. The Sol toposheets were collected in printed format of 1: 50000 scale. These maps were scanned and geo-coded using Poly-conic/Everest projection. The topographic maps were merged and a basemap of the study area were prepared from it.




159

7.31.2 Cartosat-1, 1 Arc per second DEM data: CARTOSAT - 1 was launched into a 617 km polar sun synchronous orbit on May 5, 2005 on board PSLV - C6 from Satish Dhawan Space Centre (SDSC), SHAR, Sriharikota. The satellite carries two panchromatic cameras – PAN (fore) and PAN (aft) & with 2.5 meter resolution providing a swath of 30 km. The cameras are mounted with a tilt of +/-26 deg and -5 deg along the track with respect to nadir so as to provide stereo pairs of images that can be used to generate Digital Terrain Model (DTM) / Digital Elevation Model (DEM). Its available as free source and procured from NRSC. 7.31.3 IRS P6 LISS IV MX data: IRS P6 LISS IV MX data was procured from NRSC, Hyderabad. The data was received in twelve sheets covering the entire Jharia Coalfield along with digital TIFF format. 7.31.4 Aphrodite Rainfall Data: (2002-12): Asian Precipitation Highly Resolved Observational Data Integration towards Evaluation of water resources. These are the precipitation datasets that are prepared with high resolution grids for Asia. By using the Rain gauge observation network, the primary data is prepared. Data collection is done daily, every year. 7.31.5 National Bureau of Soil Survey (NBSS): The Soil survey data is collected from NBSS and the values are interpolated using interpolation tool in Arcmap and the soil map of study area is generated. 7.32 SOFTWARE USED:

Erdas Imagine version-9.2 Arc GIS version-10.1

7.33 BASIC MAP LAYER GENERATIONS

Georeferenced the toposheets individually in Everest and India Bangladesh projections and later on merged them with the help of Mosaic tool in Erdas Imagine. The composite toposheet was prepared to make it available for the digitization of line and area features to be used in further study.

Studied the geomorphology of Jharia coalfield through Digital Elevation Model, which has been acquired from Bhuvan downloadable data.

The Digital Elevation Data has been acquired for a larger area but the area of interest was chosen and was subset using the boundary.

Prepared thematic maps of Jharia region from Cartosat 1, 1 arc per second subset DEM data, which include:




160

Elevation banding profile of Jharia coalfield, the process of demarcating areas of elevation using different colors for different elevation scales.

Generated a real world ‘topo’ map by generating elevation contour lines of 20m interval. The 20 m interval is taken for better visualization as lesser the range denser becomes the contour lines.

Aspect map was generated where the elevation has direction of rise in all the 8 directions.

Slope in Degrees, is generated using the Surface tool in Arcmap. This thematic map is used for further calculations using Slope study.

Slope in Percentage, is generated using the Surface tool in Arcmap. It’s used for calculation of Slope Steepness.

Flow Direction, the Arc Hydrology tool is used in Arcmap. The Flow direction is directed towards the least value from the values, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128.

Flow Accumulation, is derived from the Flow direction raster and this develops the Drainage Network of the Study Area.

Stream Link, is generated from Flow Direction and Flow Accumulation rasters. The Northern region, Southern and rest all Streams are joined together and developed in different classes. It’s helpful to understand the Streams in the study area.

Stream Order, is developed from Flow Direction and Flow Accumulation rasters. The order is based on the width of the flowing water bodies. In the study area- 2, 3, 4 stream orders are found.




161

7.34 THE STREAM ORDER MAP OF JHARIA COALFIELDS

Figure 7.8: The Stream Order map of Jharia Coalfields




162

7.35 CATCHMENTS FORMED IN JHARIA COALFIELDS

Figure 7.9: Various Catchments map formed in Jharia Coalfields




163

7.36 LULC MAP OF JHARIA COALFIELDS

Figure 7.10: LULC map of Jharia Coalfields




164

7.37 EROSION POTENTIAL MAP OF JHARIA COALFIELDS IN MG/HA/YR

Figure 7.11: Erosion Potential map of Jharia Coalfields in Mg/ha/yr

Erosion map prepared by overlaying the thematic maps of all six factors (R, K, L, S, P, C) showed a lowest erosion of 0.0118 Mg/ha/yr and the highest erosion of 2555.620 Mg/ha/yr. 7.38 SILTS AND SEDIMENTS River Damodar along with its tributary like Gowai is a rain fed torrential river. Nearly 70% of the river course is in the valley. The river catchment is characterized by a prolonged dry season followed by turbulent monsoon with the annual run off, 11,385 million m3 of water. The brief monsoon spell lasts just three months that contributes 90% of the total precipitation. Poor land management, denuded catchment, with favorable contour, high intensity of down pour and unrestrained industrial discharges are all together fast stressing the river, both physically and hydro-biologically.




165

The rate of sediment production is far in excess of the rate worked out at the time of reservoir construction that has sharply reduced the calculated life span of the reservoirs. Hydrographic survey, conducted by the DVC, reveals that the sediment is getting deposited not only in the dead storage zone, as expected, but the live storage zone is also badly encroached. In the Panchet reservoir 47% dead storage and 23% live storage space have been lost during 29 years upto 1985 (CIFRI, 1998). The excessively high rate of sedimentation is fast reducing the carrying capacity of the river. The river bed upto the upper deltaic zone (Burdwan town) is already covered with a thick layer of sand with the formation of frequent sand dunes. The gorges and pools, so called sanctuaries for the bigger fishes, are getting silted up and the brooders are becoming easy prey to the fishermen. The breeding and spawning ground of various fishes are getting reduced. Thus, the high rate of silt deposition is not only replacing the river's fish population but the diversity also. The disposition of fly ash has further deteriorated the condition. The fly ash with its greater surface area has made the river bed impermeable to a considerable extent. The toxicants released into the river get adsorbed at the soil water interface rendering the river bed sterile. 7.39 CONCLUSION The purpose of this project was to come up with a qualitative annual erosion index for the Jharia Coalfields and nearby areas. Using the Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) and GIS, it was possible to map areas of high risk for erosion. Upon reviewing our resulting erosion index map, it is apparent that there are areas at severe risk for soil erosion. Many of these areas are along the Mining areas and in the areas where streams are located. The improper overburden maintenance is one of the main reasons for erosion. It is obvious that the Damodar River and rest all streams are in a fragile state. If not properly looked after, soil erosion could lead to huge water issues in Jharia Coalfields. The Elevation difference from Northern to Southern part of Jharia varies from 222 to 52 meters. The streams in Jharia from the Northern side follow the topography, slide down and they meet the river Damodar on the southern side. The rivulets entering Damodar flow carrying the eroded particles from the Opencast mining areas. The Estimated Soil loss was in the range 0.011 to 2555.62 Mg/ha/yr. The Low erosion areas are found to exist in the areas of under ground mines, where slight ground vegetation prevails and human interference is less. The moderate erosion areas are found to exist around the opencast mining areas where human interference to the environment is high. The high erosion is found to be in the mining areas especially where overburden dumps exist, the land disturbing activities are the major reason. For Gowai River, tillage, agriculture, and few industries are responsible for erosion.




166

Table 7.6 Replenishment Calculation per Km stretch of Gowai River near JCF Sl Estimation /Assessment Values i) Per km stretch of Gowai the silt load per year 75,250m3/km/yr

ii) Bulk density of sand 1.6 T/m3

iii) Tonnage of sedimentation per km stretch per year 1,20,400 T/km/yr

iv) In a 7 Km stretch of the Core the sedimentation ≈8.43 Lakh Ton/yr

7.40 REFERENCE 1. Pearce, A.J. 1976.Magnitude and frequency of erosion by Hortonian overland flow.

Journal of Geology 84: 65–80. 2. Morgan, R.P.C., Martin, L. and Noble, C.A. 1986. Soil erosion in the United

Kingdom: a case study from mid-Bedfordshire. Silsoe College, Occasional Paper 14.

3. Withers, B. and Vipond, S. 1974. Irrigation: design and practice. Batsford, London. 4. http://www.tankonyvtar.hu/hu/tartalom/tamop425/0032_talajtan/ch07s08.html 5. K. Kambakas et al., Sedimentation casting of wear resistant metal matrix

composites, Volume 435–436, 5 November 2006, Pages 187–192. 6. Hjulström, F. 1935. Studies of the morphological activity of rivers as illustrated by

the River Fyries. Bulletin of the Geological Institute, University of Uppsala 25: 221–527.

7. http://www.eoearth.org/article/Soil_erosion_and_deposition 8. Beuselinck, L., Govers, G.,Hairsine, P.B., Sander, G.C. and Breynaert M. 2002.

The influence of rainfall on sediment transport by overland flow over areas of net deposition. Journal of Hydrology 257: 145–63.

9. Richter, G. and Negendank, J.F.W. 1977. Soil erosion processes and their measurement in the German area of the Moselle river. Earth Surface Processes 2: 261–78.

10. Evans, R. 1980. Mechanics of water erosion and their spatial and temporal controls: an empirical viewpoint. In Kirkby, M.J. and Morgan, R.P.C. (eds), Soil erosion. Wiley, Chichester: 109–28.

11. Truman, C.C., Bradford, J.M. and Ferris, J.E. 1990. Antecedent water content and rainfall energy influence on soil aggregate breakdown. Soil Science Society of America Journal 54: 1385–92.

12. Geeves, G.W., Craze, B., and Hamilton, G.J. (2000) Soil Physical Properties. In: Soils: Their Properties and Management (Eds: Charman, P.E.V. and Murphy, B.W.), Oxford University Press, South Melbourne.

13. CIFRI, (ICAR), Barrakpore, 1998, The River Damodar and its Environment, Bul.79, pp 2-4.


Chapter – 8 – Project Benefits


167

CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The economic growth of the area in terms of employment generation, consumption behavior and market growth are the expected as direct outcome of the project. The indirect benefits are safe coal production with more conservation. There will be reduction in coal mine fire, land subsidence and environmental degradation. It is assumed that the generation of indirect employment would be multiple of direct employment. The significant positive impact on employment and occupation is envisaged on account of the following.

• Better economic status of the community due to better earnings.

• Higher inputs towards infrastructural facilities due to mines.

• Enhancement of literacy due to educational facility available in the area.

• To acknowledge the importance of the concept of interdependence of all sections of society. In particular, Tata Steel’s focus revolves around the community residing in the immediate vicinity of the mines where it seeks to actively assist in improving the quality of life and making this community self reliant.

• To be mindful of its social and moral responsibilities to consumers, employees, shareholders, society and local community.

8.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL Gathered sand will be loaded into trucks mostly mechanical. Skilled/ unskilled manpower/ labour (46) are available locally from the nearby villages. Additional manpower in case required will also be made available from the neighboring villages. This will be a good source of employment generation for the local inhabitants. Highly skilled manpower, if not locally available, will be arranged by the contractor from his pool. The entire operation, as suggested earlier, will be on contract and the supervision will be done by the department.




168

A typical operations & supervision manpower for annual production of 3.2 lakh tonnes is detailed as under : -

Table 8.1 Employment Potential Sl. No. Type of Manpower Numbers Remarks Outsourced Manpower Requirement to be deployed by contractor 1. Back-hoe Shovel operator 3 Extra for leave/sick




43



Total 46 ±10

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS

• In the River Drainage System

The river sands are products of water aided erosion in the watershed region of the river. These sands get water borne where there are high velocities of water and gets deposited in the plains where the hydraulic gradient is minimum. These sand deposit causes siltation in the riverbed causing decrease in water flow capacity. These phenomenons may cause flood, diversion of rivers and many other related problems like decrease in the reservoir capacity of the downstream dams. Damodar River was called as the “River of Sorrow” due to its flood menace, but due to removal of sands and dam construction, the river capacity has been increased, thereby reducing the flood problem in the river basin. Therefore cleaning the Gowai river bed, which is a tributary of Damodar, by lifting the sand will have positive impacts as following.

1. Elimination of the floods by increasing the water carrying capacity (drainage).

2. Minimizing the chances of diversion of rivers due to over siltation.

3. Improve the aquatic life.

4. Reduce the load of silts in the Gowai and finally the Damodar River.

5. Reduce the load of silts in the down stream Panchet Dam.

6. Improve the hydrology of the river as more water may get recharged in the ground due to lifting of sand, which otherwise may increase the hydraulic resistance.




169

• In the Coal Mining Area The sands to be collected/ gathered from these leases along the rivers will be sent to the underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal.

1. The sand stowing processes are the life-lines of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia Coalfield.

2. Stowing process prevents land subsidence, which will prevent land damage and damage to the buildings, railway lines and other public building.

3. Stowing process protects the underground aquifers from being damaged due to coal mining.

4. Stowing process prevents mine fire which is a major mine and environmental hazard.

5. Stowing process improves safety of coal mines.

6. Stowing process improves coal conservation as more extraction can be done from each coal seam.

7. Stowing process improves coal production and proper exploitation due to increase in safety.

Therefore to ensure a continuous supply of coal and safe mining operations, the sand collection and filling the underground mine voids is beneficial to the coal mining environment and ultimately to the society.

8.4 SOCIO ECONOMIC MEASURES The company has earmarked funds for social development and welfare measures in the

surrounding areas and villages through a society called Tata Steel Rural Development

Society (TSRDS). These measures include funding for.

1) Education.

2) Plantation.

3) Pisci-culture

4) Nursery development.

5) Rain water harvesting.

6) Medical facilities and health programs, medical camps

7) Training for self-employment.

8) Awareness programs.

9) Drinking water distribution and facilities.

10) Community centres.




170

11) Competition and prizes.

8.4.1 Functions of Tata Steel Rural Development Society (TSRDS)

Agriculture, Farming Services

• Assistance in procuring seeds,

• Farm Demonstrations and Agri-Extension,

• Irrigation,

• Fertilizers,

• Dairy,

• Poultry

• Animal Husbandry,

• Creation of self help groups,

• Village Participation,

• Creation of Pani-Panchayats,

• Small Business Units, Health Care Services

• Immunization,

• Tuberculosis Control,

• Eye Care services,

• Family Welfare,

• Child Survival Projects,

• Mobilizes Blood Donations,

• Treats General Ailments,

• Conducts cleft lip operations,

• Generates awareness on low cost toilets

• Clean drinking water


Chapter – 9 – Environmental Management Plan-Implementation


171

CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN- IMPLEMENTATION

9.1 INTRODUCTION

To mitigate the adverse impact which may occur due to sand mining operation of Gowai river and overall scientific development of local habitat, environmental management plan (EMP) has been formulated and integrated with the mine planning. The details of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) are provided in Chapter 4, of this report. Based on the results of present environmental conditions and environmental impact assessment, the EMP has therefore been made considering implementation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after mining operations. To minimize the adverse impact, the company has worked out certain control measures for implementation of the EMP which is provided below. 9. 2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION Environmental Management Plan serves no purpose if it is not implemented with true spirit. Some loopholes in the EMP can also be detected afterwards when it is implemented and monitored. Thus, an implementation and monitoring programmed has to be prepared. The major attributes of environment are not confined to the mining site alone, implementation of proposed control measures and monitoring programme have an implication on the surrounding area as well as for the region. Therefore, mine management should strengthen the existing control measures as elaborated earlier in this report and monitor the efficacy of the control measures implemented within the lease area relating to address the following specific aspect for eco-friendly mining:

a) Collection of air and water samples at strategic locations with frequency suggested and by analyzing thereof. If the parameters exceed the permissible tolerance limits, corrective regulation measure will be taken.

b) Collection of soil samples at strategic locations once in every year and analysis thereof with regard to deleterious constituents, if any.

c) The effectiveness of drainage system depends upon proper cleaning of all drains provided in the mine area. Any blockage due to siltation or loose material will be checked at least once in a month.


e) Regular visual examination will be carried out to look for erosion of river banks. Any abnormal condition, if observed, will be taken care of.




172

f) Measurement of noise levels at mine site, stationary and mobile sources, mine office/canteen/colony and adjacent villages will be done in every quarter.

g) No mining will be done within 500m of any bridge, or any structure over the river. h) Plantation/afforestation as done and proposed. Regular watering of plant and

fencing to protect them from cattle/goats has to be provided. Post plantation will be regularly checked in every season. For selection of plant species local people should also be involved.

Mine management personnel will be in regular touch with local surrounding villages to update the various developmental schemes made by them. They will also consider any immediate requirement, which could be taken care of in near future. An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) is working with full swing which will be responsible for monitoring EMP and its implementation. EMC members should meet once in a month to assess the progress and analyze the data collected during the month. The EMC will function as per Figure 9.1. EMC will be in regular touch with State Pollution Control Board, State Department of Mines and Indian Bureau of Mines and send them monthly annually progress report. Any new regulations considered by State/Central Pollution Control Board for the industry will be taken care of. 9.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management program, regular monitoring of the important environmental parameters will be taken up after approval of the EIA. The schedule, duration and parameters to be monitored are already shown in Table 6.1. If any further advice and suggestion comes up from the EAC,/ regulatory bodies , Tata Steel will be incorporating those advices.

EIA/EMP Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih Sand Leases Tata Steel Limited



173

Fig. 9.1: Function of Environmental Management Cell

Environmental Management Cell

Environment Officer

Implementation of Control / Measures

Monitoring of Air / Water / Noise / Soil

Report submission and correspondence with concern State / Central Government

Head Environment

Sr. Chemist

Lab. Assistant

• Environmental Budgets & Sanctions

• Review Implementation

• Liaison with MOEF/SPCB • Implementation of EMP • Allotment of Daily Jobs • Field Visits• Analysis of samples- Air,

water, soils etc

• Sample Collection-Air, water, Soil, Plants etc.

• Field Visit

Review with General Manager (Jharia Division)

EIA/EMP Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih Sand Leases Tata Steel Limited



174

Fig. 9.2: Environmental Policy


Chapter – 10 – Summary & Conclusion


175

CHAPTER 10 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

10.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Tata Steel’s present requirement is 3 million tonnes of sand per annum for its coal production of

1.91 million tones per annum, this is significantly met from the existing sand leases of Damodar

River and its tributaries Izri & Gowai. The river sand is collected and sent to Tata Steel’s captive

underground coal mines in Jharia Division, to fill-up the underground voids created due to

extraction of coal. This system of packing underground void is called ‘stowing’. Stowing prevents

land subsidence, mine fire and improves safety, coal conservation and proper exploitation.

With this above background M/s Tata Steel Limited has entrusted Indian School of Mines,

Dhanbad for EIA study & Preparation of EMP for their sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih,

Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages, south of Jharia Coalfield on the sand dunes of Gowai

riverbed in Purulia District of West Bengal. Main objectives of this EIA/EMP study was to generate

base line environmental data for three month (i.e. post-monsoon season – October 2013 to Dec

2013) with respect to different environmental components for Environmental Impact Assessment &

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan for the sand wining activities from deposit of

Gowai river bed of Purulia, West Bengal as per approved TOR from MOEF vide letter no. J-

11015/422/2012-IA.II (M) dated 13th September 2013.

10.1.1 Importance and Need of Sand Stowing in the Coal Mines

To cater the ever increasing demands of energy and minerals, the Mining Projects in the modern

world needs expansion. The country had produced 557.60 million tonnes (MT) against a demand

of 769.69 MT of coal that had been assessed in the draft Annual Plan for 2013-14. India had to

import 113 MT of coal during the April 2012 - January 2013 period, to bridge the gap of demand

and supply spending a huge sum of foreign exchange, as per the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).

Hence it is imperative to increase the nation’s coal production to cater the requirement steel and

power sector in the country.

Tata Steel’s produces coal for captive use from five underground coal mines in Jharia coalfield.

These five coal mines are Digwadih Colliery, 6&7 Pits colliery, Jamadoba Colliery, Bhelatand

Colliery and Sijua Colliery. As these underground mines are lying under populated area, railway

lines, important roads, power transmission lines etc. simultaneous sand stowing (underground

mine filling) is essential for prevention of subsidence and fire during extraction of coal.

The sands to be collected/ gathered from these leases along the rivers will be sent to the

underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal. The sand stowing

processes are the life-lines of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia




176

Coalfield. Stowing process prevents land subsidence, mine fire and improves safety, coal

conservation and proper exploitation. Therefore to ensure a continuous supply of coal and safe

mining operations, the sand collection and filling the underground mine voids is very crucial.

10.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.

The sand lease area at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih villages,

encompassing an area of about 44.10 Hectare over the sand dunes of the Gowai river bed lies

below the south-eastern part of Jharia Coalfield. The proposed production will be to the tune of 0.2

Million Tonnes per Annum.

The area is confined within Latitude: 23° 36' 8.00" N to 23° 38' 2.64" N; Longitude: 86° 26' 50.10" E to 86° 28' 57.13" E and is included in the Survey of India Toposheet No. 73 I/6. The

nearest railway station is Bhojudih Railway Station on the Adra-Gomoh section of South-Eastern

Railway, which is situated about 5 km to the north of this sector. A metal road connects the area

with the Jharia- Sindri road as well as to Jharia-Purulia road via Chandankiyari. There are no

ecological sensitive areas and archeological important places in 10km radius. The map showing

general location is provided in Figure. 1.1. The area displays a gently undulating terrain with general elevation ranging from 151m to 130 m

above mean sea level. The general slope of the area is towards south-east. The area constitutes the catchments of river Damodar and is drained by a few seasonal nalas. The area is devoid of any exposures and is covered with the apron of alluvium. The

topographical map of 10km around the core zone is provided in Figure 2.1. The Damodar River,

following an easterly course, runs to the north of the area. The Gowai River which is a tributary of

Damodar flows in northerly direction. The area mostly comprises cultivated land and is totally

devoid of any forest cover. Small shrubs and bushes are found to grow in fallow land. Trees like

mango (Mangifera indica), banyan (Ficus bengalensis), neem (Margosa indica) and banana (Musa

paradisiaca) are found in this area.

Table 10.1. Location Details. Sl No Particulars Details 1 Location/Village Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih,

Nabagram, Kumardih villages 2 District Raghunathpur Block, Purulia 3 State West Bengal 4 Latitude 23° 36' 8.00" N to 23° 38' 2.64" N 5 Longitude 86° 26' 50.10" E to 86° 28' 57.13" E 6 Geographical Location in Toposheet 73 I/6 (Core Zone) 7 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 151m to 130 m 8 Ecologically sensitive areas (National Parks/

Wild life sanctuaries/ Biosphere Reserves) None in 20km radius.




177

Table 10.2. Project Description. Sl No Particulars Details 1 Mining Lease area 44.10 ha 2 Expected Project Cost Rs 20 Lakhs 3 Environmental Management Cost Rs 10 Lakhs per Annum 4 Mineable Reserve (Gowai) 1.141 Million Tonnes (Replenishable) 5 Stripping Ratio No overburden removal is required 6 Method of Mining Opencast – only sand gathering & loading 7 Mechanization Manual Truck loading /Shovel/Dumper 8 Life of Mine Replenishable and Renewable 9 Working Depth Above water table of the river 10 Water Requirement Nil 11 Manpower requirement 46 12 Power Requirement Nil 13 Forest if any The core area does not fall in any forest land

10.2.1 Proposed Method of Mining

Opencast Mining: Though the mining is confined only to the gathering of sand from the river bed

and transporting the same to the Company’s Collieries, by definition, it will be an opencast

working. The operation will be semi-mechanized in which the sand will be gathered from the

riverbed mechanically and loaded into the trucks. No drilling, blasting or any other mechanization

is required. The trucks will be covered by tarpaulin covers to prevent being air borne. Utmost care

will be taken to prevent any spillage during carrying it to the Company’s Collieries.

10.2.2 Employment Potential

The monthly production is in the range of 25,000 tonnes which will give a daily production of

approximately 830 tonnes assuming 30 days working in non-monsoon months only. The daily

production of 830 tonnes will require approximately 3 trips per dumper assuming a carrying

capacity of 15 tonnes and hence a fleet of 20 dumpers (max.) will be required. Considering a gang

of six persons loading three trips a day. The entire operation will be on contract and the company

manager will do the supervision.

Thus the total manpower will be as follows :- Sl. No. Type of Manpower Numbers Remarks Outsourced Manpower Requirement to be deployed by contractor 1. Back-hoe Shovel operator 3 Extra for leave/sick




43



Total 46 ±10




178

10.3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

The Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (REIA) for proposed sand mining activities of area

deals with detailed studies for various environmental components viz. air, water, land, noise,

biological and socio-economic environment for one season i.e. winter which represent the existing

environmental scenario.

For the environmental impact studies, an area covering 10 km distance from the boundary of

mining lease areas was identified as study area (Impact zone). The environmental attributes,

parameters, stations, height (RL), distance and direction with respect to the core zone are

provided in Table 3.1. The report incorporates the data collection during the post monsoon season

of 2013-14 period. Secondary data was collected from various governments, public sector,

educational and scientific institutions.

• The collected meteorological data during this season represented the local weather

phenomena. The predominant wind direction of the study area is from NW to SE.

• The monitored ambient air quality in the core & buffer study area was found to be in

compliance with the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) norms of Industrialized & Residential

Areas as per Table 3.5.

• Ambient equivalent noise levels (Leq) during day and night times were found to be well within

the CPCB Norms of Industrial & Commercial area limit as per Table 3.21.

• The water quality of surface water and ground water was found to be in compliance with

BIS/CPCB Norms as per Table 3.26.

• The soil in the study area would very well support vegetation after amending it suitable with

manure the yield will increase. The Table 3.31 to Table 3.33 shows detailed soil analysis.

• The entire lease area is a non-forest area and lies in the riverbed sand dunes.

• The area surrounding the mining lease area is characterized mostly by agricultural land, fallow

land with individual trees. There are coal mines of Jharia coalfield in the northern portion of the

buffer zone.

• There is no Wildlife Sanctuary or National Park or Biosphere or Hotspots within the study area

of 10 km. No Reserve Forests exist in the buffer zone and near about.

• No endangered species of plants and animals has been found in the study area.

• The basic infrastructure facility of the study area is fairly developed due to coal mining

activities.

• There will be no expansion of mining lease area.




179

10.4 LAND USE PATTERN

Table 10.3 Land use pattern of Mining Lease Area (core zone)

Sl No Land use Area (ha) %

1 Sand 28.533 64.7%

2 Water flowing over sand 12.524 28.4%

3 River banks 3.043 6.9%

Total Area 44.10ha 100%

10.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

10.5.1.1 Anticipated Impacts Due to Access Roads

Plying of heavy vehicles from public road to river sand collection points needs access roads.

Majority of such access roads are following the same alignment of existing roads/tracks being

used by pedestrians/cart owners. Movement of heavy vehicles sometimes cause problems to

cattle post, agriculture land, human habitations due to dust, noise and movement of public, and

also causes traffic hazards. These environmental problems are felt more as the background is

rural in nature.

10.5.1.2 Mitigation of Impacts on Access Roads

Movement of the vehicles on the road will be increased, however, unmetalled road in the sand

mining area will be sprinkled with water at regular intervals. The spraying will be performed

frequently using sufficient quantity of water from nearby coal mines discharge, which would be just

sufficient to wet the road surface.

In addition to prevent spillage by trucks, all trucks would have a free board of 9” on the chassis

and over loading should be controlled along with speed limit. The trucks will be covered by

tarpaulin cover. Access roads would be cleaned and graded at regular intervals.

There will be minimum numbers of access roads to river bed, as cutting river banks should be

avoided and ramps are to be maintained. Access points to the river bed are to be decided based

on the following-

• Least steepness of river bank ,

• Less riverain vegetation and least human activity ,

• Where steepness can’t be avoided access ramps should be constructed,

• Haulage roads parallel to the river bank and roads connecting access (ramps) to the river

bed shall be away from bank, preferably a minimum of 100m away,

• Access roads from the public roads and up to the river bank should be aligned in such a

way that it would cause least environmental damage,

• For particular operations, approaching river bed from both the banks should be avoided.




180

10.5.2.1 Anticipated Impacts on Land due to Sand Mining Activity

Harvesting of river sand and other associated activities may cause a few environmental

degradations and the most serious ones anticipated are detailed hereunder –

a) Damage of river bank due to access ramps to river bed, causing eyesore, damage to the

vegetation, soil erosion, micro disturbance to ground water, possible inducement of

changed river course.

b) Loss of riverain vegetation standing along the bank due to making roads connecting

successive access ramps to river bed.

c) Contamination of sand aquifer water due to ponding. Due to uneven rocky bed of the river,

sand bed thicknesses vary considerably and harvesters are tempted to dig more sand from

a pocket where thickness of sand is more and they cause ponding. In this stagnant water

biodegradable materials especially flora waste gets accumulated causing contamination

and inducing conducive environment for mosquito breeding.

d) Chance of falling of cattle/children into sand pit in river bed⎯ instances of death due to fall

in such pits are reported to the Department of Mines.

e) Riverbank collapses due to close proximity of sand extraction.

f) Destruction of river bank hinterland and flora due to extraction of sand by approaching from

riverbed.

g) Evaporation of sand bed water for exposing the same to dry atmosphere.

h) Cattle watering practice get disturbed due to mining and quality/quantity of such water goes

down.

i) Surface degradation due to stockpiling and road network.

j) Combination of all these activities results in offensive look.

k) Wildlife is also partially affected by such sand harvesting as they are directly/ indirectly

dependant on river.

10.5.2.2 Mitigation of Impacts on Land due to Sand Mining Activity

• No sand will be collected within 2.5-5.0m from bank, especially from outer bank of the

meandering river. Safe clearance should be mainly determined by the height of the river bank

and thickness of sand to be extracted from the close vicinity of that bank.

• Ponding in the river bed shall not be allowed.

• Minimal damage to the flora standing on the river bank.

• Operations during daylight only.

• No foreign material should be allowed to remain/spill in river bed and catchment area, or no

pits/pockets will be allowed to be filled with such material.

• Stockpiling of harvested sand on the river bank should be avoided.

• Digging of river bank within 500m for sand and gravel, and also taking any thing from that zone

for construction of access ramps, should be strictly prohibited.




181

• At least 0.5m sand bed should be left in-situ while harvesting sand from river bed.


• 1/5 of the width of river to be left for non-mining operation

• 500 Mtrs. distance to be maintained from bridge.

Soil Quality will be monitored on yearly basis near the core zone to check for any negative impacts

on the soil quality. Plantation activity near the river banks will improve the land quality, aesthetics

and reduce soil erosion. However the sand mining activity will not have any significant impact on

the land environment of the region.

10.5.3.1 Impact on Water Environment

Damage in the water body, depends on its assimilative capacity. To find out assimilative capacity

of receiving water body, water samples were collected from different Well, Bore Well, River & Jore

and other water bodies. The study indicates that assimilative capacity of the River water bodies

still exists, but effective measures should be taken to check water pollution. The impact of sand

removal on the flora (micro stage) of the river was also studied. To find out the effect on ground

water an extensive hydro-geological study has been conducted and from the study it can be safely

concluded that there is no noticeable effect on surrounding ground water resource due to mining.

The sand mining does not require water. The collection of sand is done above the water level of

the river. Therefore the water bodies will not be affected. The sand mining activity will not have any

significant impact on the water environment of the region.

10.5.3.2 Mitigation Measures to Control Water Pollution

The major source of surface water pollution due to sand mining is insignificant. However

there is siltation load due to surface runoff from the surrounding active coal mining area, pumping

of water, effluent generated in coal beneficiation and processing and due to effluent generated

from workshops. Measures will be undertaken to control the storm water runoff from the access

roads. These measures are pointed out as below.

• Utmost care will be taken to minimize sand spillage.

• Drains and their Catchments will be constructed just beside the access roads so that the

storm water gets settled before flowing to the river.

• The washing of trucks in the river will be avoided and this can be done in the colliery site

workshop.

• Plantation along the river banks will be done to arrest the velocity of the storm water.

10.5.4.1 Impact on Air Environment

Information on air quality was studied and various modeling techniques predicted that the sand

mining activity will not affect the air quality in a significant manner. In sand mining operations,

loading, transportation and unloading operations may cause deterioration in air quality. The sand

collection and lifting is a manual operation. Therefore the dust generated is not so significant as




182

compared to mining process of other hard minerals like the process of drilling, blasting,

mechanized loading etc.

10.5.4.2 Mitigation of Impact on Air Environment

The only air pollution sources are the road transport network of the trucks. The dust suppression

measures like water spraying will be done on the roads. Utmost care will be taken to prevent

spillage of sand from the trucks. Overloading will be prevented. The trucks will be covered by

tarpaulin covers before dispatch to the coal mines. Plantation activities along the roads will also

reduce the impact of dust in the nearby villages.

10.5.5.1 Noise and Vibration Environment

A there will be no heavy earth moving machinery there will not be any major impact on noise level

due to sand mining and other associated activities a detailed noise survey has been carried out

and results are discussed in Chapter 3. Blasting technique is not used for sand lifting, hence no

possibility of land vibration. It was found that the sand mining activity will not have any significant

impact on the noise environment of the region. The only impact will be due to transportation of

sand by trucks.

10.5.5.2 Mitigation of Noise and Vibration Environment

As the only impact is due to transportation of sand to the coal mines through village roads,

emphasis will be given on the following points.

• Use of more 15T trucks instead of 10T trucks to reduce the number of truck trips.

• Minimum use of Horns at the village area.

• Timely maintenance of vehicles and their silencers to minimize vibration and sound.

• Phasing out of old and worn out trucks.

• Provision of green belts along the road networks.

• Care will be taken to produce minimum sound during sand loading.

10.5.6.1 Biological Environment

The sand mining will have insignificant effect on the existing flora and fauna. Data have been

collected from various Government Departments such as forest, agriculture, fisheries, animal

husbandry and various offices to establish the pre-project biological environmental conditions.

There are no endangered species, wildlife sanctuary, wildlife corridors or eco-sensitive area near

the core zone. It was found that the sand mining activity will not have any significant impact on the

biological environment of the region. The core area does not lie over forest land.

10.5.6.2 Mitigation of Impacts on Biological Environment

In order to establish a stable ecosystem with both ecological and economic returns minimization of

soil erosion and dust pollution enhances the beauty of the core and the buffer zone. To achieve

this it planned to increase plantation activities. The basic objectives of plantations will as follows:-




183

Improvement of soil quality.

Quick vegetative cover to check soil erosion.

Improvement in river bank stability.

Conservation of biological diversity.

Provide forage and browse for wild life.

Promote a beneficial post-mining land use.

10.5.7.1 Socio-Economic Environment

A field survey revealed that the sand mining activity will have significant positive impact on the

socio-economic environment of the region. There will be employment of more than 46 persons in

the sand mining activity. Most of these persons will be from the local villages. The sand mining

activities will reduce chances of flood in the region, increase the water carrying capacity of the

rivers and reduce siltation in the downstream dams.

10.5.7.2 Socio Economic Measures The company has earmarked funds for social development and welfare measures in the

surrounding areas and villages through a society called Tata Steel Rural Development Society

(TSRDS). These measures include funding for Education, Plantation, Pisci-culture, Nursery

development, Rain water harvesting, Medical facilities and health programs, medical camps,

Training for self-employment, Awareness programs, Drinking water distribution and facilities,

community centres, pani-panchayets, competition and prizes. The company also serves the

society by providing health care services like Immunization, Tuberculosis Control, Eye Care

services, Family Welfare, Child Survival Projects, Mobilizes Blood Donations, Treats General

Ailments, Conducts cleft lip operations, Generates awareness on low cost toilets, Clean drinking

water etc.

10.6 PROJECT BENEFITS.

The sands to be collected/ gathered from these leases along the rivers will be sent to the

underground coal mines for filling up the voids created due to extraction of coal. The sand stowing

processes are the life-lines of the underground coal mining method in the highly populated Jharia

Coalfield. Sand stowing process prevents land subsidence, coal mine fire and improves safety,

coal conservation and proper exploitation.

The sand mining activities will reduce future chances of flood in the region, increase the water

carrying capacity of the rivers and reduce siltation in the downstream dams.

There will be employment of 46 persons in the sand mining activity.

10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM.

For effective implementation of Environmental Management Plan serves Tata Steel has an

Environment Monitoring Cell. The cell will perform the following studies as per CPCB, SPCB

guidelines.




184

a) Collection of air and water samples at strategic locations with frequency suggested and by

analyzing thereof. If the parameters exceed the permissible tolerance limits, corrective

regulation measure will be taken.

b) Collection of soil samples at strategic locations once in every year and analysis thereof

with regard to deleterious constituents, if any.

c) The effectiveness of drainage system depends upon proper cleaning of all drains provided

in the mine area. Any blockage due to siltation or loose material will be checked at least

once in a month.


e) Regular visual examination will be carried out to look for erosion of river banks. Any

abnormal condition, if observed, will be taken care of.

f) Measurement of noise levels at mine site, stationary and mobile sources, mine

office/canteen/colony and adjacent villages will be done in every quarter.

g) Plantation/afforestation as should be done per programmed. Regular watering of plant and

fencing to protect them from cattle/goats has to be provided. Post plantation will be

regularly checked in every season. For selection of plant species local people should also

be involved.

Mine management will be in regular touch with local surrounding villages to update the various

developmental schemes made by them. They will also consider any immediate requirement, which

could be taken care of in near future.

10.8 CONCLUSION.

• The proposal for sand mining at Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih, Nabagram, Kumardih

villages, encompassing an area of about 44.10 Hectare over the sand dunes of the Gowai river

bed is to cater to the sand requirement for the nearby coal mines of Tata Steel.

• The project does not require much infrastructural facilities except few trucks for transportation.

• The project is viable and environmental friendly and the environmental conditions would be

restored and improved as per plan. The sand mining activities will reduce chances of flood in

the region, increase the water carrying capacity of the rivers and reduce siltation in the

downstream dams. Sand stowing process prevents land subsidence, coal mine fire and

improves safety, coal conservation and proper exploitation.

• The mining activities will be as per CPCB, SPCB, DGMS and other applicable legislative

guidelines of the country.


Chapter – 11 – Disclosure of Consultants Prepared by Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad

185

CHAPTER 11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

NABET Accréditation vide letter no.NABET/EIA/01/12/005 Dt.31.01.2012

11.1 INTRODUCTION OF INDIAN SCHOOL OF MINES, DHANBAD

The Indian School of Mines was formally opened by His Excellency the Viceroy Lord Irwin on 9th December 1926 and the general work of the School commenced on the 10th December 1926 in its premises at Dhanbad with Dr D Penman as its first Principal. On the completion of the first 25 years of its existence the Silver Jubilee celebrations were inaugurated by Dr Rajendra Prasad, the then President of India, which gave a fresh fillip to this Institution. The School celebrated Golden Jubilee in 1976, Diamond Jubilee in 1986 and Platinum Jubilee in 2001. The School is located at Dhanbad in order to facilitate the mining education to be in close relation with the Mining Industry. For training in Earth Sciences, the province of Jharkhand and its surroundings are unrivalled in their variety of geological formations, in the multiplicity of structural and field characteristics and also in the diversity and richness of the metallic and non-metallic mineral resources. Like any other institution of higher education, ISM is always in the fore-front in carrying out its academic programmes. Besides imparting knowledge to undergraduate, postgraduate and research-level students it is also undertaking R&D projects, publishing research papers in various national and international journals, seminars etc, interacting with the industry in solving its live problems through its consultancy service. 11.2 VISION

To be a nationally and internationally acclaimed premier institution of higher technical and scientific education with social commitment having an ethos for intellectual excellence, where initiative is nurtured, where new ideas, research and scholarship flourish, where intellectual honesty is the norm and from which will emerge the leaders and innovators of tomorrow in the realm of technology. While serving as a catalyst in a developing society, its goal as one of the premier technology education institution in the country would be to intimately involve itself not just in the technological development of the Nation but also indeed in its overall development.



186

11.3 MISSION

• To educate and train manpower in various disciplines of engineering & technology, management and applied sciences at the graduate, postgraduate and research levels;

• To foster the creation of new and relevant technologies in the areas of its core competency and to transfer them to industry for effective utilization;

• To participate directly in the planning and solving of engineering and managerial problems of relevance to Indian industry and to society at large;

• To develop and conduct continuing education programmes for practicing engineers and managers;

• To develop strong collaborative and cooperative links with private and public sector industries and government user departments;

• To develop comprehensive and intimate interaction with premier academic and research institutions within the country and abroad for mutual benefit;

• To develop programmes for faculty growth and development;

• To anticipate the technological needs of the Nation and to plan and prepare to cater to them;

• To interact with the community/society at large with a view to inculcate in them a feel for scientific and technological thought and endeavor; and

• To develop the region in which the Institute is located through community development programmes including training and education.

11.4 DEPARTMENTS

The School has Seventeen departments and centres as shown below with more than 130 faculty members.

Table 11.1 Various Departments in the School

Department / Centre Year of establishment Status Degrees being

awarded Department of Mining Engineering 1926 Faculty

Department B.Tech; M.Tech; Ph.D.

Department of Applied Geology

1926 Faculty Department

MSc; MSc.Tech; M.Tech; Ph.D

Department of Humanities and Social Sciences


Ph.D.

Department of Petroleum Engineering 1957

Faculty Department

B.Tech; M.Tech; Ph.D.



187

Department of Applied Geophysics 1957 Faculty

Department MSc.Tech; M.Tech; Ph.D.

Department of Mechanical Engg and Mining Machinery Engg


B.Tech in Mechanical Engg; B.Tech in Mining Machinery Engg; MTech; Ph.D.

Department of Fuel and Mineral Engineering 1976 Faculty

Department B.Tech; M.Tech; Ph.D.

Department of Management Studies (erstwhile Industrial Engineering and Management


MBA; M.Tech; Ph.D.

Department of Electronics and Instrumentation 1977

Faculty Department B.Tech; Ph.D.

Department of Environment Science and Engineering (erstwhile Centre of Mining Environment)



Computer Centre 1987 ---

Department of Applied Physics

1989 M.Phil; Ph.D.

Department of Applied Chemistry 1989 M.Phil; Ph.D.

Department of Applied Mathematics 1989

Separated from erstwhile Department of Applied Sciences which was established in 1926

MSc; M.Phil; Ph.D.

Department of Computer Science and Engineering 1997

Faculty Department


Department of Electrical Engineering 2005 Faculty

Department B.Tech.

Department of Chemical Engineering 2010 Faculty

Department B.Tech.

Department of Civil Engineering 2013 Faculty

Department B.Tech.

11. 5 DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING (ESE).

Centre of Mining Environment (CME) A unique Centre of its kind, ever since its establishment in 1987 under the sponsorship of Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, the Centre has been carrying out advanced research in Environmental Science and Engineering with special emphasis on Mining Environment. The Centre was offering regular M.Tech program in Environmental Science and Engineering (since 1990) apart from Ph.D programs in Environmental Science and Environmental Science & Engineering for Science and Engineering disciplines, respectively. The Environmental Information System (ENVIS), a centre at Centre of Mining Environment (CME), Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad (ISM), was



188

established in 1991 by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India, for collection, storage, retrieval and dissemination of information in the area of mining environment. The Department of Environmental Science & Engineering is the youngest department created out of existing Centre of Mining Environment at Indian School of Mines in June 2007 with the commencement of a regular B.Tech program in Environmental Engineering under IIT-JEE (first of its kind offered by any national institute). It also offers a number of courses at various levels in a number of B.Tech and M.Tech programmes of the School. Well equipped laboratories and qualified faculty make it an ideal Department for carrying out academic activities (Teaching, Research, HRD and Consultancy). The Centre now functions within the Department of Environmental Science & Engineering.

Table 11.2 Various Facilities in Department of ESE

Name of the laboratory

Major facilities

Instrumentation lab- I

• Spectrophotometer (Ultra-Violet, Visible & Infra-red, Shimadzu UV-256).

• Total Carbon Monitor 480 (Carlo Erba, Italy). • Gas Chromatograph (GC 2000A, Chromatograph & Ins. Co., India).• High Pressure Liquid Chromatograph(Spectra Physics SP8450 ) • Electronic Balance(s) (one weighing upto 10 mg & other weighing

upto 0.01 mg) - 4 nos. Instrumentation Lab - II (AAS lab)

• AAS - GBC Avanta Australia including Graphite Furnace GBC GF 3000; with the following cathode lamps (20 nos): Aluminium; Antimony; Arsenic; Barium; Boron; Chromium; Calcium; Cobalt; Copper; Iron; Lead; Magnesium, Manganese; Nickel; Potassium; Silver; Sodium; Tin; Vanadium; Zinc.

• Specific Ion Meter with Micro-processor (Mettler Toledo MA 235 pH/Ion analyser) with the following Ion Selective Electrodes :; Ammonia, Cyanide, Fluoride, Iodide, Nitrate, Sulphate, Redox

• Mercury Analyser (MA 5800E) – EC, Hyderabad • Millipore Water Purification System (RIOS & Elix) – 120 L/hr • Automatic Titrator (Mettler Toledo – DL 50) Microprocessor

controlled analytical instrument Instrumentation- Lab - III.

• Particle Size Analyser (CILAS/1064 liquid/dry, USA), laser based attached with on line image capturing facilities.

• Microwave Digestion System (O.I Analytical, USA) • TCLP Apparatus (Millipore, France, Zero Head Space Extractor,

Dispensing Pressure Vessels, Rotary Agitator & Vacuum Pressure Pump.

• Test Master (Jar test); • Bacteriological Incubator; • Hot air oven; • Centrifuge, • Rotary shaker



189

Table 11.2 Various Facilities in Department of ESE (Continued…) Name of the laboratory

Major facilities

Soil Laboratory • pH & Conductivity Meters; • Ammonia distillation assembly; • Filtration Pumps (Vaccum); • Muffle furnace; • Sieve shaker; • Analytical Balance, • Autoclave , • Field Kits for water holding capacity, • Infiltration rate etc

Soil Mechanics Laboratory

• Consolidation Test Apparatus (3-Gang Electronic) • Compaction Test Apparatus. • Liquid Limit Device with Counter manually operated • Shrinkage Limit Set • Pycnometers • Cone Penetrometer, Automatic • Pore Pressure Apparatus • Universal Automatic Compactor • Laboratory Permeability Apparatus

Water chemistry laboratory

• pH Meter with combined glass-calomel electrode (Portable and Table models) Cyber Scan 510 (MEPC);

• TDS/Conductivity Meter (Cyber Scan 200, MERCK); • Spectrophotometer (Spectroquant, NOVA 60, MERCK; • Flame Photometer (Microprocessor based, Model 128); • COD Meter (Spectroquant, TR 320 MERCK) (148°C); • Turbidity Meter (MERC, Turbiquant 3000T; 0-1000 NTU); • Immersion Thermostat (LAUDA, E100) - Bath/Circulation

Thermostats, upto 110°C (set point 450°C); • BOD Incubator; • COD Reflux Unit; • Double Distillation Unit.



190

Microbiology lab • Universal Trinocular Research Microscope (OLYMPUS, BX60, Japan) – Digital Camera with online image capturing & analysis Micro Image lite 4.0;

• Trinocular Stereozoom Microscope (LEICA, 56D, 6.3:1) – Cold light Illumination System, Leica CLS 150 X;

• Millipore Membrane filtration for Coliform Organisms testing – including suction pump (Millipore), filtration & incubator;

• Colony Counter (Electronic); • Laminar Flow Chamber (horizontal); • Leaf Area Meter (Systronics); • pH Meter; • Research Centrifuge (REMI – R24);

Land use & Hydrogeology lab

• Stereoscopic Microscope; Ground truth Radiometer; Optical Pentograph with 5x mag; Clinometer;

• Liquid Permeameter (Ruska Haustan, 1013-801, Texus); • Planimeter; • Flow meter with recorder; • Rotameter; Electronic Digital Planimeter.

Noise pollution lab

• Modular Precision Sound Level Meter (Type 2231) with octave filter set (Type 1625) (Bruel & Kjaer, Denmark) - 1 no;

• Sound Level Meter (CRL-703A, Cirrus Research PLC, UK)-1 no; • Modular Sound Analyzer (Type 2260, Bruel & Kjaer, Denmark) - 1

no; • Noise Dose Meter (Type 4428, Bruel & Kjaer, Denmark); • Dosimeter (CEL 420, CEL Instruments, UK); • Audiometer (AP 251, Alfred Peters Ltd., UK); • Noise source (Type: 4224, Bruel & Kjaer, Denmark) • Environmental growth chamber

Air pollution lab • High Volume Air Sampler (Envirotech APM-410) - 5 nos; • Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) - 10 nos; • Real Time Aerosol Monitor (RAM-1) with size classifier - 2 nos; • Gravimetric Dust Sampler, (UK) - 1 no; • Cascade Impacter (Sera Anderson, USA )- 2 nos; • Fume Hood Chamber; • Personal Dust Sampler (Environtech)- 2nos; • Stack Monitoring kit (Envirotech)- 1 nos; • HVS Calibration kit (Envirotech) - 2 no; • Green House Gas Monitor (Teledyne, USA)- online CO, CH4, N2O

and CO2 Gas Monitoring; • Spectrophotometer (Spectrochem); • Portable CO Monitor. • Auto Exhaust Monitor (CO & HC) for diesel vehicle • Auto Exhaust Monitor (CO & HC) for petrol vehicle • Microbiological Air Sampler – 2 nos (Millipore)



191

Micro-meteorological lab

• Continuous Weather Monitoring Station (Envirotech WM-300) • Mechanical Wind Recorder (Wilh Lambercht Gmbtt Gottingen

Type-1482) - 3 nos; Raingauge. Wastewater Engg Lab

• AAS - (GBC 902, Australia); including Graphite furnace GBC 2000; with the following cathode lamps (20 nos): Aluminium; Antimony; Arsenic; Barium; Boron; Chromium; Calcium; Cobalt; Copper; Iron; Lead; Magnesium, Manganese; Nickel; Potassium; Silver; Sodium; Tin; Vanadium; Zinc.

• Soxhlet Extraction Assembly (250 ml capacity)- 2 no; • Model SBR Reactor; Magnetic stirrer; model UASB Reactor; Remi-

stirrer;

11.6 FACULTY MEMBERS AND THEIR EXPERTISE The department has qualified faculties to teach B.Tech, M.Tech and Ph.D courses. These faculties are also engaged in R&D, Consultancies in their areas of specialization. Table 11.3 shows the name, qualification and specialization of the faculties of the department.

Table 11.3 Names and Qualifications of the Faculties of the Department Sl No Faculties Qualification Specialization 1 Dr.Asim Kumar Pal

(HOD)

BSc (Chemistry Hons Graduateship (Industrial Engg.), M Tech (Ind. Engg. & Mgmt), Ph.D (Ind. Engg. & Mgmt)

Air and Noise pollution,

Ergonomics

2 Prof. Gurdeep Singh B.Sc.(Hons) Chemistry, M.Sc., Ph.D ISM, Dhanbad

Water & Air Pollution; Environmental Aspects of Solid Waste Disposal/Utilization; EIA; Environmental Auditing.

3 Prof A.K.Singh (Rajiv Gandhi Chair)

B.Tech. (Mining Engg), CISM, DISM (L/W Mechanisation), DIM, FCC (Coal) Former CMD CMPDIL

Land Reclamation, Reduction of GHG due to Mining by CBM/CMM, U/G Coal Gasification, OB Dump Stabilization (internal & external); Mine Environment-Impact & Management

4 Dr. S.K.Maiti MSc (Botany specialization Microbiology; CU), M.Tech (Env. Sc. & Engg. IIT B), Ph.D (Env. Sc. & Engg. ISM, Dhanbad).

Ecology; Environmental microbiology; Biological Reclamation; Biological Waste Water Treatment, EIA.

5 Dr.Biswajit Paul (Coordinator of this Project)

B.Tech (Mining Engg), Ph.D (Mining Environment), RQP(Coal & Lignite), RQP(Metal)

Mining Environment, EIA, Open Cast Mining, Land Reclamation, Mining Plans, Underground Coal Mining, Mine Legislation and Safety.

6 Dr. S. K. Gupta B.E. Civil Engg. M.E. Env. Engg. Ph.D Env. Science & Engg

Water & Wastewater Engineering & Management

7 Dr. P. K. Singh M.Sc. (Geology), M.Tech. (Environmental Sc. & Engg.), Ph. D. (Geology)

Environmental Geology, Hydrogeology, Landuse Planning, Watershed Management, Noise Pollution.



192

8 Dr.Manish K Jain B.E. Mining Engg. (Nagpur Univ.),M.Tech. – Env. Sc & Engg (ISM Dhanbad),Ph.D. – Mining Engg- ( IIT Kharagpur)

Mine Environment, Material Handling, Mine Surveying.

9 Dr. Anshumali M.Sc.(Botany, B.H.U.), M.Phil (Env. Sc, JNU), Ph.D.(Env.Sc, JNU)

Environmental Ecology, Microbiology, Biogeochemistry

10 Dr. Alok Sinha BE (Civil), ME(Hyd Structures), PhD (Env Eng, IIT Kanpur)

Industrial Wastewater Engg, Ground Water Flow/Hydrology

11 Dr.Vipin Kumar M.Sc.(Microbiology), Ph.D (Environmental Biology)

Microbiology, Biotechnology, Microbial Ecology

12 Dr.Suresh Pandian E Ph.D, M.Tech in Env. Engg, B.Tech in Chemical Engineering Univ of Madras)

Air pollution, Monitoring and modeling of Vehicular exhaust emissions characterization of emissions from non-homogeneous traffic study of air pollutants dispersion

13 Dr.Sukha Ranjan Samadder

B. E (Civil) M.Tech (Env. Engg, IIT Roorkee) Ph.D (Env. Engg, IIT Kgp)

Application of Remote Sensing and GIS in Broad Based Environmental Management.

14 Mr Brijesh Kr Mishra B.Tech (Ag. Engg.) M.Tech (Environmental Engg.)

Water & Wastewater Engineering, Pollution Control

For further details see website: www.ismdhanbad.ac.in 11.7 CLIENTS To name a few, the following are the clients of the School in the area of Mining and allied industries.

1. Coal India Limited (CCL,BCCL, SECL, NCL, WCL, ECL, MCL) 2. Steel Authority of India Limited. 3. Damodar Valley Corporation 4. Tata Steel Limited. 5. Department of Shipping, Ministry of Shipping, Road Transport & Highways. 6. Damodar Valley Corporation 7. National Thermal Power Corporation 8. Orissa State Pollution Control Board. 9. West Bengal Mineral Development Corporation. 10. National Mineral Development Corporation. 11. Uraniun Corporation of India Limited. 12. Other Major clients for whom consultancy projects carried out include SCCL,

CIMFR, IISCO, NHPC, ONGC, IEL, Jharkhand Govt, Monnet Ispat Ltd, Sesa Goa, Vedanta, Tega India Ltd, McNally Bharat, Essar Steel, HINDALCO, etc.



193



194



195



196



197



198

ANNEXURE – IV

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA/EMP of the Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih Areas, of

M/S Tata Steel Ltd.

I hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator

Name Dr.Biswajit Paul

Signature and Date 28.02.2014

Period of involvement: Nov 2012-Feb-2014

Contact Information : Dr.Biswajit Paul

Associate Professor, Centre of Mining Environment, Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad – 826004

JSPCP Accreditation Since 2011.

Public Hearing Minutes Annexure III

GLIMPSES OF PUBLIC HEARING HELD ON 25.03.2015

4

Public Hearing Minutes Annexure III

GLIMPSES OF PUBLIC HEARING HELD ON 25.03.2015

5

1

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

I. General Information

A. Name of the project : Premsinghdih, etc Sand Mining Project B. Objective of the project :-

To produce sand in order to fulfill requirement of sand during depillaring activities in the captive underground mines of Tata Steel, Jharia Division, Dhanbad.

C. Location of mine (s) :

Village (s) Tehsil District State

Premsinghdih, Poradih, Erandih,

Nabagram, Kumardih

Raghunathpur Purulia West Bengal

D. Does the proposal relate to: 1. New mine YesNo

2. Expansion (i) Increase in ML area Yes No (ii) Increase in annual Yes No Production

3. Renewal of ML Yes No

4. Modernisation Yes No

II. Site Information A. Geographical Information: 1. Latitude 23° 36' 8" N to 23° 38' 2.64" N 2. Longitude 86° 26' 50.10" E to 86° 28' 57.13" E 3. Survey of India Topo sheet No. 73 I/6

4. Elevation above Mean Sea Level 130m to 151m

B. Total Lease Area (in ha.): 44.10 ha C. Dominant nature of terrain This is a river-bed mining project

1. Flat Yes No

2. Undulated Yes Yes No No

Note 1: All information given in the form of annexures should be part of this file itself. Annexures as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2: Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

2

3. Hilly Yes No 4. Coastal Yes No

III. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

Sl No Land use Area (Ha) approx % 1 Sand 28.533 64.7% 2 Water flowing over sand 12.524 28.4% 3 River banks 03.043 6.9%

Total Area 44.10Ha 100% A. Agricultural Not applicable

B. Forest Not applicable C. Waste land Not applicable D. Grazing Not applicable E. Marshy Not applicable F. Surface water bodies Not applicable G. Other Not applicable

IV. Whether the mine lease area falls in seismically active zone? Not applicable

Yes No Zone No.

If yes, earth quakes in last 10 years A. Severity (Scale) B. Impact i.e. Damage to 1. Life Yes No. 2. Property Yes No. 3. Existing mine Yes No.

V. Whether the proposed project falls in landslide prone zone? Not applicable Yes No VI. Break-up of the Land use proposed Already provided in Point-III.

A. Mining Lease Area (in hectares) 1. Area to be mined 28.533 Ha 2. Storage for top soil Not applicable

3. Overburden/Dumps Not applicable 4. Mineral storage Not applicable 5. Infrastructure (workshop, AdministrativeBuilding) Not applicable 6. Roads Not applicable 7. Rails Not applicable

√

√

√

√

3

8. Green Belt Not applicable 9. Township Not applicable 10. Tailing Pond Not applicable 11. Effluent treatment plant Not applicable 12. Coal handling plant/Mineral separation plant Not applicable

13. Other Not applicable

B. Township (outside mine lease) Not applicable as workers will be from nearby villages

1. Total Area Not applicable 2. No. of dwelling units Not applicable 3. Distance from mine site Not applicable

VII. Distance of water bodies (in Km):

Distance Of River Bank * Other Water bodies* Sea/creek/lake etc.(specify)

Mine lease boundary Adjacent Not applicable

Ancillary facilities Not Applicable Not Applicable

*From highest flood line / high tide line VIII. For project falling within CRZ Not Applicable

A. Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare/ strategic nature and not available outside CRZ?

Yes No

If so, annex a scaled location map duly certified* by the Chief Hydrographer indicating low tide line* (LTL), high tide line* (HTL), mining lease area and its distance from LTL and HTL, sand dunes and settlements within 10 km.

IX. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / buffer zone of following (up to

10 km): S. No.

Areas Name Aerial Distance from (inkm.) CORE BUFFER ZONE ZONE

1 National Park - - 2 Sanctuary/TigerReserve/Elephant/any

other Reserve

- -

3 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve

- -

4 Habitat for migratory birds - - 5 Archaeological sites

(i) Notified (ii) Others

- -

6 Defence Installation - - 7 Industries/Thermal Power

Plants Bhojudih Washery, BCCL & Santhaldih Power Plant, WBPDCL

1-2 kms

4

8 Other Mines - - 9 Airports Ranchi 160 kms 10 Railway Lines Bhojudih 5kms 11 National / State Highways State Highway 3kms

X. Description * of flora & fauna in the core and buffer zones.

[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and listspecies with (1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act,1972 and as amended subsequently ,the identifiedspecies fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientificinstitute / Chief Wildlife Warden office.]

A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone 1. Agricultural crops N/a Paddy 2. Commercial crops N/a Nil 3. Plantation N/a - 4. Natural vegetation / forest type N/a Mahua, Peepal,

Bargad, Sisum, Palas.

5. Grass lands N/a Nil 6. Endangered species N/a Nil 7. Endemic species N/a Nil 8. Others (Specify) N/a Chapter-3, Table 3.33

and 3.34 of EIA/EMP report

B. Fauna 1. Total listing of faunal elements Chapter-3, Table 3.36, 3.37 of EIA/EMP

report 2. Endangered species - - 3. Endemic species - - 4. Migratory species - - 5. Route of migratory species - - 6. Details of aquatic fauna, if applicable Given in Chapter-3, Table 3.35 of

EIA/EMP report XI. Details of mineral reserves.

Quantity (in million tonnes) (1) Proven - (2) Indicated - (3) Inferred - (4) Mineable reserves - Geological- 1.426MT Mineable- 1.141MT Extractable- 0.2 MT

XII. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mine area (A) Geological & Structural maps submitted Yes No

(Figure-2.2 of EIA/EMP report) (B) Geomorphological contour Yes No No

map / section submitted

(C) 1. Faults Not applicable 2. Dykes Not applicable

√

√

5

3. Shear Zone Not applicable 4. Folds Not applicable 5. Other weak zones Not applicable

(D) Source of data XIII. Production of mineral and life of mine A. Rated capacity of mine (million tonne/annum) 0.2 MTPA B. Life of mine (Years) Replenishable C. Lease period (Years) Applied for renewal of lease D. Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y) Not applicable E. In case of existing mines 1. Date of opening of mine 25.03.1986 2. Avg. production in the last five years Mines are closed

( million tonnes/annum ) 3. Avg./ Projected production for the next 10 years 0.2 MTPA ( million tonnes/annum )

F. Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No

XIV. Type and method of mining operations

S. No. A. TYPE S. No. B. METHOD 1. Opencast √ 1. Manual X

2. Underground X 2. Semi-mechanised √

3. Both X 3. Mechanised X

XV. Ancillary operations for mineral processing

A. Existing Not applicable B. Additional Not applicable

XVI. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface:

A. Manual. Hand Shovel B. Tubs, mine cars, etc. Not applicable C. Scrapper, shovels, dumpers/trucks. Shovel-dumper combination D. Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Not applicable E. Others (specify). Not applicable

XVII. Mine Details

A. Open-cast mines 1. Stripping ratio (mineral to over burden in tonne/ m3) No OB generated. 2. Thickness of top soil (in m.) Not applicable (i) Minimum (ii) Maximum (iii) Avg. 3. Thickness of overburden (in m.) Not applicable (i) Minimum (ii) Maximum (iii) Avg.

. B. Underground mines Not applicable

Depth (m) Thickness (m)

√

Mine Plan

6

1. Seam/ Ore body

2. Mode of entry into the mine Not applicable

(i) Shaft (ii) Adit (iii) Incline

3. Details of machinery to be used Not applicable (i) On surface (ii) At Face (iii) For transportation (iv) Others

4. Method of stopping (metalliferrous mines) Not applicable (i) Open (ii) Filled (iii) Shrinkage (iv) Caving (v) Combination of above (vi) Others (Specify)

5. Depillaring method Not applicable (i) Caving (ii) Stowing (iii) Partial extraction

6. Ventilation arrangement Not applicable (i) Existing (ii) Proposed

7. Subsidence Not applicable (i) Anticipated subsidence (in mm) (ii) Magnitude of surface strains (iii) Slope change (iv) Identified possible subsidence areas (v) Major impacts on natural drainage

pattern, human habitat,water bodies, etc. (vi) Salient features of subsidence monitoring and control.

XVIII. Surface drainage pattern at mine site The mine lease lies on Gowai River

A. What is the pre-mining surface drainage pattern at the site? - B. Do you propose any modification / diversion in Yes No

the existing natural drainage pattern?

Provide location map indicating contours,direction of flow of water, and proposedroute/changes, if any i.e. realignment of river/nallah/any other water body falling within core zone. Given in Chapter-3 , Figure-3.7

XIX. Vehicular traffic density

Type No. of vehicles per day A. Existing

- -

√

Trucks Nil

7

B. After the proposed activity

C. Whether the existing road Yes No network is adequate?

D. If no, provide details of alternative proposal Not applicable

XX. Mineral(s) transportation from the mine site Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%)

A. Road B. Rail C. Conveyors D. Rope way E. Water ways F. Pipeline G. Other (Specify) Total

Trucks (15T) 20

√

830 100%

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

830 100

8

XXI. Status of mining lease area (in ha.) The sand mining lease lies on the river bed which is GM land.

Required Acquired To be acquired

Govt. Private Govt. Private Govt. Private

S. No.

Purpose

Forest Others Agricultural Others Forest Others Agricultural Others Forest Others Agricultural Others

1. Mining area

2. Area for storage/dumps

3. Ancillary facilities (processing plant etc.)

4. Tailing dam/pond

5. Township

6. Area for green belt development

7. Roads and railways

8. Other infrastructure (specify) Total:

Total

9

XXII. Baseline Meteorological &Air Quality data Given in Chapter-3 Section-3.3 of EIA/EMP report

A. 1. Micro-meteorological data (Continuous monitoring for full season except monsoon through autographic

instrument)

2. Seasonal wind rose pattern (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) - Day time - Night time - 24 – hours period

3. Site specific monitored data

Month Hourly Average Wind Speed (kmph) 1 2 3 ……………….……….….30 / 31 day

Cloud Cover** (Octas of sky)

4. Rainfall (in mm) (i) Total (Annual) (ii) 24 hr highest

5. Wind speed (kmph) (i) Max. (ii) Mean (ii) % of Calm

6. Temperature (deg. Celsius) (i) Min. (ii) Max. (iii) Mean

7. Relative Humidity (%) Mean * 24-Hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs IST of the day. * Rainy day is considered when 24 hrsrainfall is � 2.5 mm. ** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorde d four times a day at regular intervals.

B. Ambient air quality data* (RPM, SPM, SO 2, NOx, CO) Given in Chapter-3 Section-3.3.2 of EIA/EMP report

*Frequency of monitoring should be as per guidelines of CPCB andmonitoringshould cover one full season except monsoon. 1. Season & period for which monitoring has been carried out 2. Frequency of sampling 3. No. of samples collected at each monitoring station

Day Time and Location

Wind Speed and Direction

24-hr. Concentrations as monitored (in �g/ m3 )

Permissible AAQ Standards

Name of instruments used and sensitivity

SPM RPM SO2 NOX CO Pb** EPA* SPCB * EPA – As notified under the Environment (protection) Act , 1986

10

AAQ as monitored (24 hourly)

SPM RPM SO2 NOX CO Pb**

Max.

Min.

Mean

98 percentile

** For mineral specific site only # Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction & distance w.r.t. project site. # Attach additional sheets as required to provide complete data as monitored for one season.

XXIII. Stack emission detail , if any Not applicable (Frequency of stack monitoring should be as per CPCB guidelines)

Emission rate (kg/hr) Sl. No.

Process / unit of operation (e.g. DG Set, Boiler)

Height of stack (m)

Internal top dia. (m)

Flue gas exit velocity (m/sec)

SPM NOx SO2 CO

Heat emission rate from top of stack (K.cal/hr)

Exhaust / Flue Gas

Temperature in

degrees celcius.

XXIV. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations Source of fugitive dust emissions will be truck transportation and water spraying will be done to minimize it. XXV. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP) Given in Chapter-4 Section-4.2

of EIA/EMP report A. 1. Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid

size, terrain features, and input meteorological data

2. Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise

(inug/m3) Sl. No.

Pollutants Incremental Value Ambient Air Quality

Resultant Air Quality

1. SPM 2. RPM 3. SO2 4. NOX 5. CO

11

XXVI. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation Nil -

2. Land reclamation Not applicable -

3. Dust suppression Will be done by the Captive coal mines of Tata Steel

-

4. Drinking Clean Drinking water will be supplied by Tata Steel

-

5. Green Belt Will be done by Tata Steel -

6. Beneficiation Not applicable -

7. Washeries Not applicable -

8. Fire Service Not applicable -

9. Others - -

B. Township

1. Green Belt Not applicable -

2. Domestic Not applicable -

3. Other (specify) Not applicable -

Total - -

XXVII. Source of water supply* Not applicable

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) -

2 Ground water -

3 Mine water (sump / pit) -

4 Other surface water bodies (pl. specify) -

*Annex a copy of sanction letter from the concerned authority for drawing water

XXVIII. Lean season flow in case of river (cumecs) XXIX. Ground water potential of the area A. Average water table (metres) below ground level 1. Pre-monsoon 2. Post-monsoon

B. Annual recharge rate (cubic metres) C. Avg. withdrawal rate (cubic metres)

6.38m

3.93m

62.54 x 106

Nil for sand mining

Not Applicable

12

XXX. Physico-chemical analysis* of water at intake point (*All parameters as per drinking water standards) Given in Chapter-3, Table-3.24 and 3.25 of EIA/EMP report

XXXI. Competing users of the water source Not applicable

Sl. No.

Usage Present Consumption Including pumping

(m3/day)

Additional proposed as per local plan

(m3/day)

Total (m3/day)

Surface Ground/ Surface Ground Surface Ground 1. Irrigation - - - - - - 2. Industry - - - - - - 3. Mining - - - - - -

4. Others - - - - - - Total - - - - - -

XXXII. Waste Water Management Not applicable for river bed sand collection A. Daily discharge (m3/day) from different sources

1. Mine discharge(colony use, village use, irrigation, gardening, etc)

2. Workshop 3. Domestic 4. Beneficiation 5. Washeries 6. Others 7. Total

B. Are you planning to provide waste

water treatment plant? Yes No

If yes, provide a flow sheet for treatment.

C. Quantity of water recycled / reused/to be recycled in 1. Percentage 2. M3 /day

D. Point of final discharge

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

1. Surface (i) Agricultural land (ii) Waste land (iii) Forest land (iv) Green belt

2. River 3. Lake 4. Estuary 5. Sea Total

-

-

13

E. Users of discharge water

1. Human Yes No 2. Livestock Yes No 3. Irrigation Yes No 4. Industry Yes No

5. Others (specify

F. Details of the Water body where final effluent is/will be discharged Cumecs 1. Average flow rate 2. Lean season flow rate 3. Aquatic life 4. Analysis of river water 100 meters upstream and100 meters

downstream of discharge point. XXXIII. Water balance statement in the form of flow diagram indicatingsource (s),

consumption (section-wise) and output. Not applicable XXXIV. Solid Waste Not applicable as no OB is

generated and no processing of mineral is done

A. Solid waste quantity and quality Name

(Lump/fines/slurry/ Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity (m3/month)

Method of disposal

Mining activity* a. Top Soil b. Over burden c. Others (specify)

Effluent Treatment Plant (sludge)

Total Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites

B. 1. Does waste (s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/ radioactive materials or Yes No heavy metals?

2. If yes, provide details andprecautionary measures.

C. Recovery and recycling possibilities D. Possible user (s) of the solid waste E. 1. Is the solid waste suitable for Yes No

backfilling 2. If yes, when do you propose

to start backfilling. % of A & B to be

backfilled

Solid waste (s)

Accumulated

(A)

To be generated

(B) A B Over burden Others (specify)

14

F. Reclamation & rehabilitation plan

G. In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(1) Associated environmental problems : Nil

(2) Number & type of waste dumps: (i) Height of dumps (in m) (ii) Slope of dump (angle) (iii) Proposed bio-engg mitigation measures

XXXV. Noise level (dB) Given in Chap-3, Table 3.21 of EIA/EMP report A. Source

Sl. No. Source Noise Level (dB) Max Min Mean

B. Abatement measures : Provision of ear plug and ear muffs; Shovel-dumper

maintenance

XXXVI. Fuel / Energy requirements Not applicable

(A) Total power requirement (in MW)

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present - - - 2 Proposed /

additional - - -

Total - - - - ` (B) Source of power (in MW)

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets 1 Present

- - Nil

2 Proposed

- - Nil

Total [* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority] (C) Details of fuels

Daily Consumption (TPD)

S.No. Fuel

Existing Proposed

Calorific value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

1 2

Diesel Other (specify)

600 Litres per day

15

XXXVII. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials Not applicable

S. No. Name Number of Storages

Consumption (in TPD)

Maximum Quantity at any point of time

1 Diesel 2 Fuel Oil 3 Explosives 4 Other (pl specify)

XXXVIII. Occupational and community health, safety and hygiene

A. What major occupational and community health and safety hazards (surface and U/g fire, inundation, explosion, etc.) are anticipated?

Flooding of river is anticipated

B. What provisions have been made/proposed to be made to conform to health and safety requirements?

As a precautionary measure, sand mining is not done during monsoon season. Moreover, lifting of sand during non-monsoon season increases the carrying capacity of the river due to de-silting, which reduces the chances of flooding.

C. In case of an existing mine, furnish a comprehensive report on health status of the workers. The workers will undergo regular pre-medical examination at the Tata Central Hospital, Jamadoba after the start of the mine.

D. Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

Free Silica: 1.19 to 1.70 %

E. Details of PPE’s provided/ to be provided to the workers

Ear muff, ear plugs, dust masks, safety shoes, safety helmet, first aid box, hand gloves, etc

F. Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.

Not applicable

XXXIX. Plantation Not applicable in the core zone. Our CSR dept will take up plantation activities in the nearby villages with the help of local people.

A. Lease area (in ha.) Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up

(ii) To be broken up (iii) Unbroken area

B. Total Township area (in ha.)

- -

- -

- -

16

C. Area afforested and proposed (in ha.) Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

(i) Existing - - (ii) Proposed - -

D. No. and type of trees planted and proposed?

(1) Existing (i) When plantation was started? (ii) No. (iii) Survival rate % (iv) Type of species (v) Avg. Height (in m)

(2) Proposed

Type of species Number (per ha.)

XL. Human Settlement The details are provided in Chapter-3, Table-3.38 of EIA/EMP report

Core Zone Buffer Zone Population* Number of households

[* As per latest available census record or actual survey- Census 2011]

XLI. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* : Not Applicable

A. Name and no. of villages falling within 1. Core zone 2. 500m from the blasting site(s) 3. Township site B. Village(s) affected by the project

Population S. No.

Village name (within mine lease)

Tribal Others

Occupation Average Annual Income

C. Population to be displaced/ land oustees

Number of oustees Name of village(s) falling within

Land (only)

Homestead (only)

Land and Homestead (both)

Mining Lease 1.

Township Site 1.

D. Whether R&R plan has been finalised? If yes, salient features of R&R plan for

oustees. (i) Site where the people are proposed to be resettled & facilities to be provided. (ii) Compensation package including funds earmarked (iii) Agency /Authority responsible for theirresettlement. (iv) Period by which resettlement of Project Affected People (PAP) will be over

17

XLII. Pollution Control A. Details of pollution control measures

S. No. Existing Proposed 1 Air

Dust suppression measures through water sprinkling.

Will continue for future

2 Water No water consumption for sand mining. No waste-water generation. No washing of vehicles in river.

Sand mining will be done above the level of water table.

3. Noise Use of Ear plug for worker. Maintenance of the vehicles

Use of ear mufflers.

4. Solid waste Not applicable Not applicable

B. For existing units

1. Difficulties encountered in implementing pollution control measures/ Environmental management plan. None

2. Efficiency of each of the pollution control equipment/ system installed

S.No. Name of the system/ equipment

Design efficiency % Present working efficiency %

Not applicable

C. For proposed units

S.No. Name of the system/ equipment Design efficiency % Not applicable

XLIII. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh) 20 lakhs

(As proposed to the funding agency/ financial institution) XLIV. Cost of environmental protection measures in Rs. Lakh 10 lakhs XLV. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby villages other than R&R plans. A. Villages (name) to be adopted, if any Premsinghdih, Erandih, Poradih, Kamargora,

Nawagram, Kumardih B. Socio-economic package - C. Amount earmarked (in Rs. Lakh) Rs. 1071 lakhs approx. for the entire Jharia Division

of Tata Steel Limited including sand mining areas. XLVI. Public Hearing

A. Date of Advertisement: 21.02.2015 B. Newspapers in which the advertisement The Telegraph,Ranchi

appeared : Ananda Bazar Patrika, Purulia C. Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY) 25.03.2015

18

D. Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present: 1. ShriP.K.Maity, ADM(Development), Purulia 2. ShriShouvikGanguly, EE, WBPCB 3. ShriS.Bhattacharya,EE,WBPCB 4. ShriS.K.Singh, General Manager, Jharia, Tata Steel 5. ShriSubrata Das, Chief, Jamadoba Group, Tata Steel

E. No. of people attended the public hearing meeting 250 250

and number of people from the lease area.

F. Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form. The details have been provided in Annexure of the EIA/EMP report XLVII. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been obtained?

A. Site clearance from MoEF NA Yes No

B. NOC from SPCB Yes No

C. NOC from Atomic EnergyDivision NA Yes No

D. Mining plan approval from IBM / Yes No Ministry of Coal/State Govt

E. Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 NA Yes No F. NOC from Chief Controller of NA Yes No Explosives G. Commitment regarding availability NA Yes No

of water and power from the concerned State Authorities

[* Annex copies]

XLVIII. Was / Is there any court case relating to the project or related activities? If so, details thereof. None The data and information given in this proforma are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Sanjay Kumar Singh General Manager (Jharia) Tata Steel, Jharia Division Date: (Signature of the applicant with full name & address) Place: Jamadoba Given under the seal of organization on

behalf of whom the applicant is signing

√

√

final environmental impact assessment and environmental...

Documents